Date post: | 19-May-2015 |
Category: |
Technology |
Upload: | shirazthegreat |
View: | 723 times |
Download: | 6 times |
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 1All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and
Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
STUDENT GUIDE
TMO18098 D0 SG DEN I1.0 Issue 1
All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR Passing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents not
permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 2All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
2
Empty page
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 3All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
3
Terms of Use and Legal Notices
Switch to notes view!1. Safety WarningBoth lethal and dangerous voltages may be present within the products used herein. The user is strongly advised not to wear conductive jewelry while working on the products. Always observe all safety precautions and do not work on the equipment alone.
The equipment used during this course may be electrostatic sensitive. Please observe correct anti-static precautions.
2. Trade MarksAlcatel-Lucent and MainStreet are trademarks of Alcatel-Lucent.
All other trademarks, service marks and logos (“Marks”) are the property of their respective holders, including Alcatel-Lucent. Users are not permitted to use these Marks without the prior consent of Alcatel-Lucent or such third party owning the Mark. The absence of a Mark identifier is not a representation that a particular product or service name is not a Mark.
Alcatel-Lucent assumes no responsibility for the accuracy of the information presented herein, which may be subject to change without notice.
3. CopyrightThis document contains information that is proprietary to Alcatel-Lucent and may be used for training purposes only. No other use or transmission of all or any part of this document is permitted without Alcatel-Lucent’s written permission, and must include all copyright and other proprietary notices. No other use or transmission of all or any part of its contents may be used, copied, disclosed or conveyed to any party in any manner whatsoever without prior written permission from Alcatel-Lucent.
Use or transmission of all or any part of this document in violation of any applicable legislation is hereby expressly prohibited.
User obtains no rights in the information or in any product, process, technology or trademark which it includes or describes, and is expressly prohibited from modifying the information or creating derivative works without the express written consent of Alcatel-Lucent.
All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
4. DisclaimerIn no event will Alcatel-Lucent be liable for any direct, indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including lost profits, lost business or lost data, resulting from the use of or reliance upon the information, whether or not Alcatel-Lucent has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
Mention of non-Alcatel-Lucent products or services is for information purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement, nor a recommendation.
This course is intended to train the student about the overall look, feel, and use of Alcatel-Lucent products. The information contained herein is representational only. In the interest of file size, simplicity, and compatibility and, in some cases, due to contractual limitations, certain compromises have been made and therefore some features are not entirely accurate.
Please refer to technical practices supplied by Alcatel-Lucent for current information concerning Alcatel-Lucent equipment and its operation, or contact your nearest Alcatel-Lucent representative for more information.
The Alcatel-Lucent products described or used herein are presented for demonstration and training purposes only. Alcatel-Lucent disclaims any warranties in connection with the products as used and described in the courses or the related documentation, whether express, implied, or statutory. Alcatel-Lucent specifically disclaims all implied warranties, including warranties of merchantability, non-infringement and fitness for a particular purpose, or arising from a course of dealing, usage or trade practice.
Alcatel-Lucent is not responsible for any failures caused by: server errors, misdirected or redirected transmissions, failed internet connections, interruptions, any computer virus or any other technical defect, whether human or technical in nature
5. Governing LawThe products, documentation and information contained herein, as well as these Terms of Use and Legal Notices are governed by the laws of France, excluding its conflict of law rules. If any provision of these Terms of Use and Legal Notices, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances, is held invalid for any reason, unenforceable including, but not limited to, the warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, then such provision shall be deemed superseded by a valid, enforceable provision that matches, as closely as possible, the original provision, and the other provisions of these Terms of Use and Legal Notices shall remain in full force and effect.
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 4All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
4
Blank Page
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 5All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
5
Course Outline
About This CourseCourse outlineTechnical supportCourse objectives
1. Topic/Section is Positioned HereXxxXxxXxx
2. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
3. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
4. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
5. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
6. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
7. Topic/Section is Positioned Here
1. Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
1. Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 3JK11166AAAAWBZZA
2. Algorithms and Associated Parameters 3JK11167AAAAWBZZA
3. Creating a Multi-Layer Network 3JK11168AAAAWBZZA
4. Creating a Multi-Band Network 3JK11169AAAAWBZZA
5. Case Studies 3JK11170AAAAWBZZA
6. Appendix 3JK11171AAAAWBZZA
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 6All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
6
Course Outline [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 7All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
7
Course Objectives
Switch to notes view!
Welcome to BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Upon completion of this course, you should be able to:
During the course, the trainee will be able to describe the specific radio algorithms in multiband/multilayer networks in order to enhance the offered QoS.
By the end of the course, the participant will be able to: - Describe the concepts and strategy of multiband and hierarchical networks. - Describe the specific type of cells implemented in multiband and hierarchical networks. - Describe the specific radio algorithms used in the Alcatel BSS in a multiband and hierarchical
network. - Propose default parameter values for the cells of a multiband and hierarchical network using these
algorithms. - Propose a list of specific indicators to monitor QoS and traffic in a multiband and hierarchical
network.
Note: Radio Network Planning issues like micro site detection, site planning, frequency planning is not included.
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 8All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
8
Course Objectives [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 9All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
9
About this Student Guide
Switch to notes view!Conventions used in this guide
Where you can get further information
If you want further information you can refer to the following:
Technical Practices for the specific product
Technical support page on the Alcatel website: http://www.alcatel-lucent.com
Note Provides you with additional information about the topic being discussed. Although this information is not required knowledge, you might find it useful or interesting.
Technical Reference (1) 24.348.98 – Points you to the exact section of Alcatel-Lucent Technical Practices where you can find more information on the topic being discussed.
WarningAlerts you to instances where non-compliance could result in equipment damage or personal injury.
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 10All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
10
About this Student Guide [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 11All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
11
Self-assessment of Objectives
At the end of each section you will be asked to fill this questionnaire Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training
Switch to notes view!
Instructional objectives Yes (or globally
yes)
No (or globally
no) Comments
1 To be able to XXX
2
Contract number :
Course title :
Client (Company, Center) :
Language : Dates from : to :
Number of trainees : Location :
Surname, First name :
Did you meet the following objectives ?Tick the corresponding box
Please, return this sheet to the trainer at the end of the training
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization - Page 12All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio OptimizationGSM
12
Self-assessment of Objectives [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
Instructional objectives Yes (or Globally
yes)
No (or globally
no) Comments
Thank you for your answers to this questionnaire
Other comments
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 1
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Module 1Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture
3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 2
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 3
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 3
Objectives
Define relevant architectures for multi-layer networks design multi-band networks design
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 4
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 4
Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 5
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view! Page
1 Concepts and Strategies 72 Cellular Network Architecture 113 Choosing a Relevant Architecture 174 Requirements 20
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 6
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 7
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 7
1 Concepts and Strategies
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 8
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 8
1 Concepts and Strategies
Introduction to Multilayer Networks
Multi-band/Multi-layer network is a powerful solution for:
Network capacity enhancement extra capacity provided by new cells / new TRXs specific radio algorithms send MSs to these new cells
Coverage increase when introducing microcells (better indoor penetration, even for outdoor
microcells)
While keeping a good QoS Confined coverage for microcells easier frequency planning New frequency band independent frequency planning Less congestion
Since B7:
new HW capabilities with “Cell split” support
enhancement of QoS monitoring capabilities with counters split per TRX
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 9
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 9
1 Concepts and Strategies
History of Features
Alcatel is providing multi-layer solutions: Since R3.1: mini & microcells Improvements in B3.1 (smart speed discrimination) Improvements in B6.2 (external Directed Retry) Improvements in B7 (indoor layer introduction)
Alcatel is providing multi-band solutions: Since B5.1: multi-band BSC From B6.2: multi-band cells Improvements in B7
B5 : in one BSC, cells with different frequency bands
B6 : within one BTS : different bands, and within one cell : different bands also !
B7 improvements:
new HW capabilities with “Cell split” support
enhancement of QoS monitoring capabilities with counters split per TRX
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 10
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 10
1 Concepts and Strategies
Network Strategy (Multi-Layer)
Multi-layer networks can be introduced as continuous layer or hotspots, for: Capacity increase Coverage increase Indoor solution
All types of mobiles can use both layers
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 11
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 11
1 Concepts and Strategies
Network Strategy (Multi-Band)
Early adopters of multi-band technology had to deal with a low proportion of multi-band MSs Network parameters were set to send systematically all multi-band MSs
towards new band TRXs A new band is called the “Preferred band”
Since year 2000, quite all new MSs include the multi-band feature Q4 2002: the multi-band MS penetration rate is 80% Parameters settings have to be changed to avoid new band congestion! Operators introducing newly the multi-band technology use this new set of
parameters
Default values of parameters have aggressive values : because penetration rate was low, pushing 1800 MS towards 1800 band was a priority.
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 12
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 12
1 Concepts and Strategies
Mono and multi-layers solutions
The new band introduction can be done In a mono-layer network
In the same layer In a new layer
In a Multi-layer network In the upper layer In the lower layer
As part of an existing cell design: multi-band cells
Depending on the architecture chosen: Different parameters settings Different ways of QoS and traffic monitoring
Each architecture has drawbacks and advantages
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 13
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 13
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 14
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 14
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Cell Environment
Conventional: Single cell Concentric cell Extended cell Multiband cell
Hierarchical: introducing "Upper" and "Lower" cell layers Indoor cell Micro cell Mini cell Umbrella cell
Multi-band: introducing cells with different bands Classical and Preferred frequency bands Multiband cells
Preferred band is usually DCS1800, and classical band is GSM900
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 15
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 15
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Cell Profile
One unique combination of the five parameters CELL_DIMENSION_TYPE: macro, micro CELL _LAYER_ TYPE : single, upper, lower, indoor CELL _PARTITION_ TYPE : normal, concentric CELL _RANGE: normal, extended inner, extended outer CELL_BAND_TYPE :GSM; DCS (depends on BCCH frequency band) FREQUENCY_RANGE : PGSM; DCS1800; EGSM; DCS1900; PGSM-DCS1800;
EGSM-DCS1800 and GSM850
A multi-band cell is defined by: FREQUENCY_RANGE = “PGSM-DCS1800” or “EGSM-DCS1800” CELL _PARTITION_ TYPE = Concentric
Extended cell : different than the concentric cells ! Made up of two different cells, with 2 BCCH : the inner cell can cover MS up to 35km, and the outer cell can cover MS between 35km and 70km.
Difference between PGSM and EGSM :
PGSM : primary GSM : 890–915 Mhz 935–960 Mhz
EGSM : extended GSM : 880–915 MHz 925–960 Mhz
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 16
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 16
Exercise
Link the logical cell types (as defined in the OMC-R) with the cell profile parameters.
Indoor
Micro
Mini
Umbrella
Cell Layer TypeCell Dimension TypeCell Type
5 minutes
A cell's profile parameters define the behaviour of handovers from and toward this cell : certain handovers are available only for "UPPER" cells or "MICRO" cells.
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 17
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 17
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Mono-Band Cell Profiles
DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalNormalIndoorMicroDCS indoor micro cell
PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalNormalIndoorMicroGSM indoor micro cell
DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalConcentricUpperMacroDCS concentric umbrella
PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalConcentricUpperMacroGSM concentric umbrella
DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalConcentricSingleMacroDCS concentric cell
PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalConcentricSingleMacroGSM concentric cell
DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSExtended-outerNormalSingleMacroDCS extended outer cell
PGSM or EGSMGSMExtended-outerNormalSingleMacroGSM extended outer cell
DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSExtended-innerNormalSingleMacroDCS extended inner cell
PGSM or EGSMGSMExtended-innerNormalSingleMacroGSM extended inner cell
DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalNormalUpperMacroDCS umbrella cell
PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalNormalUpperMacroGSM umbrella cell
DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalNormalLowerMacroDCS mini cell
PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalNormalLowerMacroGSM mini cell
DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalNormalLowerMicroDCS micro cell
PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalNormalLowerMicroGSM micro cell
DCS1800 or DCS1900DCSNormalNormalSingleMacroDCS single cell
PGSM or EGSMGSMNormalNormalSingleMacroGSM single cell
Frequency rangeCell band
typeCell
rangeCell partition
typeCell layer
typeCell dimension
typeParameters
Cell Profile
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 18
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 18
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Multi-Band Cell Profiles
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800DCSNormalConcentricIndoorMicroDCS multiband indoor micro cell
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800GSMNormalConcentricIndoorMicroGSM multiband indoor micro cell
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800DCSNormalConcentricUpperMacroDCS multiband umbrella cell
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800GSMNormalConcentricUpperMacroGSM multiband umbrella cell
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800DCSNormalConcentricLowerMacroDCS multiband mini cell
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800GSMNormalConcentricLowerMacroGSM multiband mini cell
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800DCSNormalConcentricLowerMicroDCS multiband micro cell
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800GSMNormalConcentricLowerMicroGSM multiband micro cell
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800DCSNormalConcentricSingleMacroDCS multiband single cell
PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800GSMNormalConcentricSingleMacroGSM multiband single cell
Frequency rangeCell band typeCell rangeCell partition typeCell layer typeCell dimension typeParameters
Cell Profile
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 19
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 19
2 Cellular Network Architecture
Cell Profiles: Example
Exercise : find out what is the profile of each cell ?
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 20
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 20
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 21
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 21
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Concept
Multi-layer concept: 3 available layer types
All these cells can be or not operating in the same band and defined as concentric cells
mini
umbrella
micro
indoor
micro micro
umbrella
micro
indoor
single
mini
umbrellaUPPERSINGLE
LOWER
INDOOR
3 layers are defined in the system, but more "virtual" layers can be created by parameter tuning.
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 22
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 22
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Microcell Classes
Microcells configuration will depend on their position in the lower layer Microcell “classes” are introduced to deal with typical parameters settings
in each of these cases
Indoor Microcell
Border Microcell
Inner MicrocellHotspot Microcell
Defining microcell classes is a very efficient way to set network parameters. It avoids defining a specific configuration for each cell.
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 23
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 23
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Mono-layer architecture
In a mono-layer network, a new band may be introduced:
In the same layer Macro 900 (single) Macro 1800 (single) 900-1800 interworking managed by priority set by the operator
In a separate layer Macro 900 (umbrella) Macro 1800 = mini 900-1800 interworking driven by a dual layer architecture (easier to
introduce but less flexible)
900 900 1800 1800
900 900
mini1800 mini1800
All examples in this document will be using 900 as an “historical” band and 1800 as a “new” band (thus preferred band).
All other network configurations are anyway possible.
The dual layer configuration is interesting in case the dual band implementation strategy is traffic driven due to a low penetration rate of multi-band MSs.
A dual layer allows for example, for a multi-band MS located in a 900 cell, to discriminate its behavior between a Forced Directed Retry and an emergency HO. 1800 neighboring cells can be favored for a FDR whereas 900 neighboring cells will be preferred on an emergency HO.
A dual layer also allows to decide the MS transfer from 900 to 1800 band on speed criterion instead of on traffic criterion if needed (macro 1800 hot spot for instance).
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 24
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 24
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Multi-layer architecture (1/3)
In a multi-layer network, a new band may be introduced:
In the upper layer Macro 900 (umbrella) Macro 1800 (umbrella) Micro 900
In the lower layer Macro 900 (umbrella) Macro 1800 = mini Micro 900
900 900 1800 1800
900 900
mini1800
µ900 µ900
µ900 µ900
In the first configuration, the major difficulty is to manage 900-1800 interworking in the upper layer. But once it is done, it is the simplest solution to manage.
In the second configuration, the operator has to deal with priority between the preferred cells: mini or micro? For both selections in idle mode and capture from the upper layer. A lot of handovers might occur, and it requires more engineering analysis ressources
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 25
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 25
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Multi-layer architecture (2/3)
Higher Priority to 1800 macrocell GSM 900 macrocell as a pool of traffic resources when the preferred cell is
congested
2
1
Initial access
3
Traffic based handover2
1
Directed retryEmergency Handover
900
900
1800
Next chapters will explain all parameters for
Initial access
DR and emergency HO
Traffic based HO
With this solution, risk of unloading the micro900 too much.
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 26
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 26
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Multi-layer architecture (3/3)
Higher Priority to 900 microcell GSM 900 & 1800 macrocell as a pool of traffic resources when the preferred
cell is congested
1
2
Initial access
3
Traffic based handover1
2
Directed retryEmergency Handover
900
900
1800
It is the best solution in case of 3 layers, the most logical.
Previous solution might unload the 900 micro too much.
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 27
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 27
3 Choosing a Relevant Architecture
Multi-band cell solution
A functionality introduced in B6.2
Also called “single BCCH”
Based on the concentric cell feature New band is introduced in existing cells In the INNER zone (contains only TCH) The OUTER zone contains BCCH, SDCCH and TCH
9001800 9001800
µ900
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 28
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 28
4 Requirements
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 29
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 29
4 Requirements
Software & Hardware Requirements
Multi-layer architecture Hardware : All generations
Note : Any BTS can be declared with the cell type = MICRO
Software : Since R3.1, with addition of External Directed Retry in B6.2 (µ cells and umbrella cells from different BSC
possible) INDOOR layer in B7
Multi-band architecture Hardware :
B5.1 : G2 BSC can manage TRXs from different bands B6.2 : 1 Evolium BTS supports TRXs from different bands within one cell B7 : 1 cell can be split over 2 BTS's (TRX 900 and TRX 1800 in different BTS's
possible)
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 30
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 30
4 Requirements
HW solutions for multi-band cells since B7
Improvements in B7 with “cell split” 1 cell can be split over 2 BTS HW As soon as these BTSs share the same clock
Master / Slave configuration needed G2 & G3 BTSs can be mixed
Example of site configurations: G2 BTS 3x4 TRX 900 + 1 Evolium BTS 3x4 TRX 1800 Result: 3 multi-band cells 4(900)+4(1800) TRX
Evolium BTS 6+6 TRX 900 + Evolium BTS 6 TRX 900+ Evolium BTS 3*4 TRX 1800
Result: 3 multi-band cells 6(900)+4(1800) TRX
Master / Slave configuration:
in B6.2: max. 1 Master + 2 Slaves
in B7: max. 1 Master + 3 Slaves
Constraints :
• Maximal number of TRX per cell is 16.
• Maximal number of cabinets between which a given cell is shared is 2.
• Cabinets between which a cell is shared are clock synchronised in a master / slave onfiguration
Such clock synchronisation between BTSs in master / slave mode is possible both between A9100 BTSs and between A9100 BTSs and BTSs of previous generations.
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 31
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 31
Exercise
Give the major advantages and drawbacks of the multi-band cells solution
15 minutes
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 32
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 32
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 · Module 1 · Page 33
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11166AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Multiband Multilayer Network Architecture 1 · 1 · 33
End of ModuleMultiband Multilayer Network Architecture
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 1
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Module 2Algorithms and Associated Parameters
3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 2
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 3
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 3
Objectives
Describe algorithms dedicated to multi-layer and multi-band networks management
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 4
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 4
Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 5
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view! Page
1 Introduction 7Justification 8Typing Conventions 9
2 Neighboring cells list 10Purpose 11Idle Mode 12Dedicated Mode 13Multi-band configuration 14Cell Monitoring 15Cell Monitoring Optimization 17Number of neighboring cells 18
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection 19Strategy 20Selection and Reselection Principle 21Cell Selection with CBQ 22C1 Criterion 25C2 Criterion 27C2 Parameters 31Applications 32CRO Tuning 34Exercise 36
4 Call Setup 37Principles 38Congestion in the Preferred Cell 39Algorithms Principles 40Algorithms Principles (cont.) 41Algorithms Principles (cont.) 42Directed Retry Principles 43Normal Directed Retry 45Forced Directed Retry (Cause 20) 46FDR Parameters 47Managing DR Parameters 48Access Strategy 49Exercise 50
5 Handover Strategies 51Objectives 52Handover Algorithms 54Functional Entities 55HO Causes 56HO Causes Priority 58
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms 59Emergency Intercell Algorithms 60Handover Cause 2: UL Quality 61Handover Cause 3: UL Level 62Handover Cause 4: DL Quality 63Handover Cause 5: DL Level 64Handover Cause 6: Distance 65Emergency Intracell Handovers 66Handover Cause 15: UL Interference 67Handover Cause 16: DL Interference 68New Parameters for Causes 15 & 16 69Causes 15 & 16: specific case of concentric cells 70Handover Cause 12: Power Budget 71Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation 81HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters 84
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 6
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view! Page
Cause 12: Speed Discrimination in Lower/Indoor 87Exercise 88Handover Cause 23: Traffic 89Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO 91Exercise 94
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks 98Emergency Handovers: Introduction 99Emergency Handovers Specific to Microcells 101Microcell Emergency Handovers 102Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold 105
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks 110Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS 111Cause 14: Speed Discrimination 115Cause 24: General Capture 121Exercise 124Cause 21: Preferred Band 128Capture handovers 130Exercise 133
9 Multiband Cells 136Introduction 137Cause 10: Low uplink level in inner zone 140Cause 11: Low downlink level in inner zone 141Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone 142Call Setup 148Outgoing intercell HO 150HO Cause 12 151Incoming intercell HO 154Intracell Handovers 156Limitations 157Additional Features 158Exercise 159
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation 161From HO Detection to Candidate Cell Evaluation 162Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER 163Summary 167Evaluation Process 168Pre-Ranking in Standard Networks 172PBGT Filtering 173Order Evaluation 175Grade Evaluation 176Level Filtering 177FDR: Candidate Cell Evaluation 178Summary 179Exercise 180Self-Assessment on the Objectives 188End of Module 189
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 7
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 7
1 Introduction
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 8
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 8
1 Introduction
Justification
Multi-band/Multi-layer brings new features and algorithms :
Designing, managing and monitoring complex networks is more difficult
A relevant choice of architecture and parameters settings will precede the introduction of a new layer in the existing network
To be sure to implement correctly the best strategy for your network, knowledge of all algorithms and parameters is mandatory.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 9
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 9
1 Introduction
Typing Conventions
In all this document SYSTEM PARAMETERS (can be set at the OMC-R level) will always be written
in BLUE BOLD FONT
VARIABLES (averages, internal system variables, etc.) will be typed in NORMAL FONT
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 10
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 10
2 Neighboring cells list
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 11
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 11
2 Neighboring cells list
Purpose
Neighboring cells list is sent to the MS regularly and contains all BCCH frequencies of neighbor cells to be monitored by the MS
The MS measures them regularly in order to : Perform cell selection & reselection (in idle mode) Report 6 BCCH RxLev to the BSS for handovers (in dedicated mode)
798798 2020
4545
800800
805805
22
MS shall measure the BCCH of neighbor cells and decode their BSIC at least once every 10 seconds.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 12
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 12
2 Neighboring cells list
Idle Mode
2 possibilities, the MS camps on either : A cell with a BCCH on a DCS 1800 frequency
Or a cell with a BCCH on a GSM 900 frequency
805805BCCH 1800SI 2 and 2bis : 1800 neighboring cellsSI 2ter : 900 neighboring cells
2020BCCH 900SI 2: 900 neighboring cellsSI 2ter (& 2bis): 1800 neighboring cells
SI : Sytem Information Messages
Description of all SI messages : 3GPP TS 44.018 Mobile radio interface layer 3 specification; Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol, several chapters starting from §9.1.31
It takes up more space to broadcast 1800 frequencies, therefore 2 SI are necessary.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 13
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 13
2 Neighboring cells list
Dedicated Mode
2 possibilities, the call is performed on either : A cell with a BCCH on a DCS 1800 frequency
Or a cell with a BCCH on a GSM 900 frequency
805805SACCHSI 5 and 5bis: 1800 neighboring cellsSI 5ter: 900 neighboring cells
2020SACCHSI 5: 900 neighboring cellsSI 5ter (& 5bis): 1800 neighboring cells
SACCH can be either on a 1800 MHz TRX or a 900 MHz TRX.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 14
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 14
2 Neighboring cells list
Multi-band configuration
Which ever is the band of the current cell, the MS can receive BCCH list that belongs to the other band only with : SI-2ter SI-5ter
To enable/disable this SI messages on BCCH and SACCH
EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH = enable (1) EN_INTERBAND_NEIGH = disable (0)
Description : BSC parameter that enables / disables the multiband operation by filtering the sending of SYSTEM INFORMATION TYPE 2ter/5ter.
Note : on the OMC-R "cell edit" screen, this parameter is named "EN_INTERBAND_HO".
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 15
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 15
2 Neighboring cells list
Cell Monitoring
In dedicated mode, a MS can only report 6 measurements :
Standard behavior in a mono-band network : MS reports the 6 strongest cells
Problem : in a multi-band network, 1800 cells provides less signal strength and might not be included in the 6 strongest neighbors !
805805
MEAS REPORT…N1 : (BSIC, RXLEV)N2 : (BSIC, RXLEV)N3 : (BSIC, RXLEV)N4 : (BSIC, RXLEV)N5 : (BSIC, RXLEV)N6 : (BSIC, RXLEV)
MEASUREMENT REPORT is sent on the UL SACCH of the dedicated TCH, every 480ms.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 16
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 16
2 Neighboring cells list
Cell Monitoring [cont.]
Reported neighbors from each band can be forced thanks to the cell parameter : MULTIBAND_REPORTING
4 possible values 0: 6 strongest cells irrespective of the frequency band 1: 1 strongest cell (non-serving cell frequency band) + 5 strongest cells
(serving cell frequency band) 2: 2 strongest cells (non-serving cell frequency band) + 4 strongest cells
(serving cell frequency band) 3: 3 strongest cells (non-serving cell frequency band) + 3 strongest cells
(serving cell frequency band)
Default value: 0 for mono-band network 3 for multi-band network
For a multi band MS, the number of cells per freq band which shall be included in the measurement report is indicated by the parameter MULTIBAND_REPORTING, broadcast on BCCH.
An MS attached to GPRS shall use the parameter broadcast on BCCH. The parameter may also be sent to the MS on SACCH.
The meaning of different values of the parameter is specified as follows:
Value Meaning
00 Normal reporting of the six strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, irrespective of the band used.
01 The MS shall report the strongest cell, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands irrespective of the band used.
10 The MS shall report the two strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands irrespective of the band used.
11 The MS shall report the three strongest cells, with known and allowed NCC part of BSIC, in each of the frequency bands in the BA list, excluding the frequency band of the serving cell. The remaining positions in the measurement report shall be used for reporting of cells in the band of the serving cell. If there are still remaining positions, these shall be used to report the next strongest identified cells in the other bands irrespective of the band used.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 17
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 17
2 Neighboring cells list
Cell Monitoring Optimization
MULTIBAND_REPORTING has to be tuned carefully in multi-band network, since no handover can be done to a cell which is not reported
The parameter value is depending on network strategy and may be tuned differently in each band
Example: give priority to 1800 cells In 900 layer cells
MULTIBAND_REPORTING = 1 is most of the time sufficient to make a handover towards the preferred band
In 1800 layer cellsMULTIBAND_REPORTING = 3 : 1800 neighboring cells have to be reported to keep the MS in the same band when possible, but 900 cells should be reliably reported as they are rescue cells.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 18
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 18
2 Neighboring cells list
Number of neighboring cells
Neighboring cells list limited to 32 BCCH's in OMC-R :
Limit easily reached in a network with 3 or 4 layers, and 2 bands
A special care must be taken when defining the list of neighboring cells
The multi-band cells solution dramatically reduces this problem when introducing new frequency band
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 19
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 19
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 20
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 20
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Strategy
Adding a new band/layer is a powerful way of increasing network capacity if the MS can be sent to the preferred cell In dedicated mode: see next sections But also in idle mode, so that the call is established directly in the preferred
cell Really increase capacity Maintain high QoS level, without creating extra HO
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 21
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 21
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Selection and Reselection Principle
At startup (IMSI Attach), the MS is selecting cell with
Defined priorities with CELL_BAR_QUALIFY Best C1 amongst highest priority cells (using CBQ)
Once “camped on” one cell (in idle mode)…
… The MS can decide to reselect another one if:
C1 criterion < 0 The MS cannot decode downlink signalling blocks of Paging Channel The current cell is becoming forbidden (e.g. barred) A random access attempt is still unsuccessful after "Max retrans" repetitions MS detects the network has failed authentication check There is a better cell, regarding C2 criterion
MAX_RETRANS is a cell parameter, transmitted in SI-2.
Authentication check : during SDCCH phase (call setup, location update)
Note:
Cell selection (first selection) is performed using C1 criterion only (the chosen cell is the one with the best C1)
Reselection is done using the mechanisms referenced above.
e.g., the MS cannot access the cell.
It can be linked to SDCCH congestion, filtering of CHARQD due to TA greater than RACH_TA_FILTER, radio access problem during the Radio Link Establishment phase.
If SDCCH is to be seized for LU purpose, the MS will reselect on another cell.
If SDCCH is seized for something else (e.g., MOC), the MS « may » reselect (this is up to the MS vendor choice!!!). Some MSs do nothing. Call will never be possible. Some others do reselect. In that case, the user has to reattempt his call (after the reselection, but before the MS is back to the original cell due to better C2, etc. (done after 5 s, etc.)).
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 22
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 22
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Cell Selection with CBQ
Cell selection, use of CELL_BAR_QUALIFY: Set on a per cell basis Broadcast on the BCCH 2 possible values:
0 = normal priority (default value) 1 = lower priority
The MS selects the suitable (C1 > 0) cell with the highest C1 belonging to the list of highest priority
The CELL_BAR_QUALIFY parameter is not understood by phase 1 MS.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 23
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 23
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Cell Selection with CBQ [cont.]
Example: highest priority set on microcell
The MS will select the microcell (if available, C1>0), whatever the level of the macrocell
2525 microcellCELL_BAR_QUALIFY = 0
2020
macrocellCELL_BAR_QUALIFY = 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 24
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 24
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Cell Selection with CBQ [cont.]
WARNING: usage of CELL_BAR_QUALIFY: interacts with CELL_BAR_ACCESS
A cell with low priority (CELL_BAR_QUALIFY = 1) cannot be barred
Some MSs will be able to access it, whatever the value of CELL_BAR_ACCESS
normal (see note 1)low11
normal (see note 1)low01
barredbarred10
normalnormal00
Status for cell reselectionCell selection priorityCELL_BAR ACCESS
CELL_BAR QUALIFY
NOTE 1: Two identical semantics are used for cross phase compatibility reasons. This allows an operator to declare a cell always as a low priority one for a phase 2 MS, but keeps the opportunity for an operator to decide whether a phase 1 MS is permitted to camp on such a cell or not.
Because phase-1 MS do not support this feature, it is recommended to keep cell bar qualify = 0.
Also, some early phase-2 MS do not handle this parameter properly.
This is only useful during selection (switching the MS, before C1 computation). Afterwards, only reselection will take place.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 25
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 25
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C1 Criterion
C1 ensures that, if a call was attempted, it would be done with a sufficient
downlink and uplink received level based on 2 parameters, broadcast on the BCCH
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN [dBm] Minimum level to access the cell Default value : -100 dBm Range: -47dBm to -110dBm (step = 1dB)
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH [dBm] Maximum level for MS emitting Default value: 33 dBm
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 26
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 26
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C1 Criterion [cont.]
C1 evaluated every 5 s (minimum) C1 = A - MAX(0,B) > 0
A = RxLev - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN assess that the MS received level is sufficient
B = MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH - P P maximum power of MS assess that the BTS received level will be sufficient if MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH < P
C1 is computed for each neighbor, using the parameters broadcasted in each neighbor !
For cell a and cell b :
C1(a) = RxLev - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(a) – max(0,MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(a)- P)
C1(b) = RxLev - RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN(b) - max(0,MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH(b)- P)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 27
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 27
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C2 Criterion
C2
If CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND= not present
C2=C1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 28
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 28
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C2 Criterion [cont.]
C2
If CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND= present And if PENALTY_TIME Infinity ( 640s)
Cell is arriving in neighbor list :C2 = C1 + CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET - TEMPORARY_OFFSET
Cell has been in neighbor list for more than PENALTY_TIMEC2 = C1 + CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET used to favor a cell among other (e.g. micro-cell vs. umbrella, once T > PENALTY_TIME)
Step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value
This formula is very useful to favor an indoor cell or a microcell.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 29
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 29
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C2 Criterion [cont.]
C2
If CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND= present And if PENALTY_TIME = Infinity (= 640s)
C2 = C1 - CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET used to handicap some cells among others
Step size = 20s. 0: 20s, 1: 40s, ..., 30: 620s, 31: TEMPORARY OFFSET ignored and cell_RESELECT_OFFSET has a negative value
This formula is very useful to favor an indoor cell or a microcell.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 30
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 30
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C2 Criterion [cont.]
Case of "better cell" reselection
The MS will select the neighbor cell if :
Cells in same Location AreaC2neighbor > C2current
Cells in different Location AreaC2neighbor > C2current + CELL_RESELECT_HYSTERESIS
CELL RESELECT HYSTERESIS is a parameter defined in the current cell.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 31
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 31
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
C2 Parameters
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND C2 parameters are broadcast if = ENABLE (default) otherwise C2 = C1
PENALTY_TIME From 20s to 620s, in "20s" increment step Default value = 20s 640s : infinite penalty
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET From 0 dB to 126 dB, in "2dB" increment step Default value = 0dB
TEMPORARY_OFFSET From 0 dB to 60 dB, in "10dB" increment step (+ Infinity) Default value = 0dB
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 32
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 32
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Applications
MINIMINI UMBUMB
MS in Idle ModeRxLev(Mini) = -70dBm C2(Mini) = …RxLev(Umb) = -65dBm C2(Umb) = …
=> Which cell is favored in Idle Mode ?
MINI 900RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -94dBmCELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 16 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
UMBRELLA 900RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -104dBmCELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
For both cells :
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH = 33dBm
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND = 1
Recommendation : CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET for lower layers between 4 to 12 dB higher than the offset in the higher layer.
Due to the Rxlev_access_min = -94dBm in the mini cell, it is required to increase the CRO(mini) by 10dB, to match up against the C2 of the umbrella.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 33
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 33
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Applications [cont.]
MINIMINI MINIMINI
MS in Idle ModeRxLev(M900) = -70dBm C2(M900) = …RxLev(M1800) = -72dBm C2(M1800) = …
=> Which cell is favored in Idle Mode ?
MINI 1800RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -85dBmCELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 23 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
MINI 900RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN = -104dBmCELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
For both cells :
RX_LEV_ACCESS_MIN = -104dBm
MS_TXPWR_MAX_CCH = default
CELL_RESELECT_PARAM_IND = 1
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 34
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 34
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
CRO Tuning
In a multi-band network : Differences in TRX output power TRX 1800 MP (TRADE) = 45.4 dBm TRX 900 MP (TRAGE) = 46.5 dBm
Differences in path loss On a same path :
Average propagation loss = difference in path loss + difference in TRX output power = 10dB approx.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 35
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 35
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
CRO Tuning [cont.]
Therefore, a 1800 cell will provide less coverage than a 900 cell Delta = 8~10dB Less traffic is carried by 1800 cells (more capacity available)
Additionally, the 1800 frequency planning is usually cleaner than the 900 one.
Even at low RxLev, a 1800 cell might provide a coverage with good quality and good capacity
For this reason, CRO is used to advantage 1800 cells over 900 cells. Within a same layer : CRO(1800) = CRO(900) + 2~8dB Among different layers : CRO(1800) = CRO(900) + 4~12dB
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 36
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 36
3 Idle Mode Selection and Reselection
Exercise
Is there a way to keep fast-moving mobiles in the upper layer ?
2 minutes
TEMPORARY_OFFSET(umbrella) = 0dBPENALTY_TIME(umbrella) = 20sTEMPORARY_OFFSET(micro) = 20dBPENALTY_TIME(micro) = 40s (def.)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 37
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 37
4 Call Setup
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 38
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 38
4 Call Setup
Principles
Call setup is made on the cell (re)selected in idle mode Idle mode parameters favour the preferred cells
Lower layers Preferred band
What is the risk?
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 39
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 39
4 Call Setup
Congestion in the Preferred Cell
The risk is to have congestion in the preferred cell! Classical band / upper cells are unloaded… … as all MSs are sent to new cells in idle mode
This phenomenon is further amplified by handovers behavior
Multi-band/multi-layer algorithms are based on CAPTURE mechanisms Send the MS in the preferred cell as soon as it is OK… … Without comparing serving and preferred cells… … to reach the maximum capacity increase(See handover parts for details)
When a MS camps on a cell in Idle mode, it will perform call setup on this cell (and all other procedures : locationupdate, SMS, etc.).
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 40
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 40
4 Call Setup
Algorithms Principles
New capacity
Trafficincrease
Old capacity
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 41
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 41
4 Call Setup
Algorithms Principles (cont.)
New capacity
Trafficincrease
Old capacity
Water Valve with filter:Dual layer algorithms
As seen earlier :
Cell Selection & Reselection can favor new cells
Handovers can capture traffic from old cells and push it to new cells
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 42
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 42
4 Call Setup
Algorithms Principles (cont.)
New capacity
Trafficincrease
Old capacity
Water Pump:ForcedDirected Retry and Fast Traffic handover
By sending too much traffic on new cells, there is a risk of congestion. It can be avoided by Forced Directed Retryand Fast Traffic HO.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 43
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 43
4 Call Setup
Directed Retry Principles
A Directed Retry: SDCCH to TCH intercell handover Triggered during a call setup procedure
MSServing
Cell BSC MSC
Assignment Request
SDCCH Assignment PhaseSDCCH Assignment Phase
SDCCH PhaseSDCCH Phase(SDCCH)
T11
ChannelActivation
HandoverHandover
(TCH)
TargetCell
HO Command
ack
HO Access
HO CompleteAssignment Complete
Serving cell is congested, waiting to find a neighbor cell
After channel request, a SDCCH is allocated to the MS
If no TCH is available, the MS is queued in the TCH QUEUE
If a HO is detected & the target cell has a TCH availble
The MS obtains a TCH in the target cell !
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 44
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 44
4 Call Setup
Directed Retry Principles [cont.]
Internal and External Directed Retries are possible (since B6.2)
Handover detection based on standard intercell HO algorithms:
- Too low level- Too bad quality- Power Budget / Traffic HO- Capture (14, 21, 24)- etc. (except Fast Traffic HO)
Handover detection based on a specific algorithm (Cause 20).
Candidate cell evaluation based on specific criteria.
Normal Directed RetryNormal Directed Retry Forced Directed RetryForced Directed Retry
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 45
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 45
4 Call Setup
Normal Directed Retry
Set on a per cell basis with parameter EN_DR
EN_DR = enable (DR execution is enabled in the cell)
EN_DR = disable (DR execution is disabled in the cell)
Executed only if no TCH available in serving cell and standard intercellHO detected
Except Intracell HO causes 10, 11 and 13 (concentric cells) and causes 15 and 16 (interference HO)
Except Cause 28 (Fast Traffic HO)
The target cell is chosen by the BSC based on the HO detected
If the target cell is congested, the counter MC555 is incremented :
Definition : Number of incoming internal directed retry (forced or normal) -preparation failures due to congestion (on Air or A-bis interface). The target TCH channel can be in HR or FR usage.
Trigger condition
1) Whenever there are no free TCH in the target cell during a forced or normal internal directed retry.2) Whenever no TCH resource is available on A-bis interface for a forced or normal internal directed retry. (not valid in B7)
EN_EXT_DR : enables/disables the Outgoing External Directed Retry procedure (on a per BSC basis)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 46
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 46
4 Call Setup
Forced Directed Retry (Cause 20)
CAUSE 20: Forced Directed Retry
To activate FDR : EN_FORCED_DR = Enable AND EN_DR = Enable
AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) is calculated with the A_PBGT_DR window
If less than A_PBGT_DR samples are available
AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) is calculated with the available "n" samples and remaining "A_PBGT_DR – n" are filled with -110 dBm
AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) > L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)And EN_FORCED_DR = ENABLEDAV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) > L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)And EN_FORCED_DR = ENABLED
AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) is calculated for each neighbor (neighbor's BCCH), and compared to theL_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) of this neighbor, within the BSC.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 47
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 47
4 Call Setup
FDR Parameters
L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n): level required in the neighboring cell n The parameter considered is the one set in the neighboring cell The default value depends on the network architecture See the next slide
Freelevel_DR(n): number of free TCH channels required in the neighboring cell n The parameter considered is the one set in the neighboring cell Default value = 0 to 4 TCHs (linked to the nb of TRXs) (cf. Candidate Cell Evaluation)
A_PBGT_DR: average window Default value = 4 SACCHs
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 48
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 48
4 Call Setup
Managing DR Parameters
Normal DR Pro's: no radio problem as MS's remain within the service area of the new
serving cell Con's: poor probability of happening, as MS is already camping on the best
server cell
Forced DR Pro's: Probability of detecting a FDR depends on parameter settings. Con's: Interference problems because MS is perhaps outside the cell normal
service area
Umbrella cell
Micro cell
FDRcapture
Forced Directed Retry strategy:
Between one micro cell and its umbrella macro cell
OK: same service area
Simple parameters settings
Between 2 micro or 2 macro cells
According to the frequency plan
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 49
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 49
4 Call Setup
Access Strategy
Prevention of congestion in the “old” cells MSs are sent in idle mode to the “preferred cell” HO strategy favoring the “preferred cell” in dedicated mode
Prevention of congestion in the “preferred cell” Forced Directed Retry to the “old” cells
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 50
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 50
A dual layer network is considered Umbrella cells 900 Micro cells 900
Set FDR parameters to avoid interference and allow a powerful TCH resource usage
Umbrella cells
Microcells
Time allowed:
10 minutes
4 Call Setup
Exercise
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 51
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 51
5 Handover Strategies
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 52
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 52
5 Handover Strategies
Objectives
1. Maximize capacity of the network, with :
Intelligent MS sharing between available resources Avoid congestion of historical band (for old MS) Consider traffic conditions of all layers Use full capacity of new resources (1800 band is offering more channels) Consider MS speed for layer discrimination
Avoid too many handovers Degradation of voice quality In order to ease traffic analysis, it is recommended to avoid too many handovers
between layers.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 53
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 53
5 Handover Strategies
Objectives [cont.]
2. Insuring good quality communications and avoiding call drops
Send MS towards the layer that will provide the best QoS Minimize the number of HO between cells for good speech Quality
Fast moving mobiles are handled by the macrocell layer
Identify a best target for emergency handovers cases
The tuning of the parameters will result in trade-offs
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 54
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 54
5 Handover Strategies
Handover Algorithms
Next parts will detail available HO causes for multi-layer network management
Standard Handovers
Multi-Layer and Multi-Band Handovers
Concentric cell "Interzone" Handovers
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 55
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 55
5 Handover Strategies
Functional Entities
RadioLink Measurements
ActiveChannelPre-processing
Assignment of HO functions in the ALCATEL BSC
BSC
HO DetectionHO CandidateCell Evaluation
HO management
MSCHO protocol
BTS
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 56
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 56
5 Handover Strategies
HO Causes
Standard HO causes cause 2 : too low quality on the uplink cause 3 : too low level on the uplink cause 4 : too low quality on the downlink cause 5 : too low level on the downlink cause 6 : too large distance between the MS and the BTS cause 15 : high interference on the uplink (intra-cell HO) cause 16 : high interference on the downlink (intra-cell HO) cause 26 : AMR channel adaptation HO (HR to FR)
cause 12 : power budget evaluation cause 23 : traffic cause 27 : AMR channel adaptation HO (FR to HR) cause 28 : Fast traffic HO cause 29 : TFO HO cause 20 : FDR
EM
BC
These causes will always work, whether the network is monoband monolayer, or multiband multilayer.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 57
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 57
5 Handover Strategies
HO Causes [cont.]
HO causes for MB-ML networks cause 10 : too low level on the uplink in the inner zone cause 11 : too low level on the downlink in the inner zone cause 7 : consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell cause 17 : too low level on the uplink in a microcell compared to
a high threshold cause 18 : too low level on the downlink in a microcell compared
to a high threshold
cause 13 : too high level on the uplink and the downlink in the outer zone
cause 14 : high level in the neighboring cell of a lower or indoor layer for slow mobile
cause 21 : high level in the neighboring cell in the preferred band cause 24 : general capture
EM
BC
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 58
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 58
5 Handover Strategies
HO Causes Priority
cause 7 : consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell cause 17 : too low level on the uplink in a µcell compared to a high threshold cause 18 : too low level on the downlink in a µcell compared to a high threshold cause 2 : too low quality on the uplink cause 3 : too low level on the uplink cause 4 : too low quality on the downlink cause 5 : too low level on the downlink cause 6 : too large distance between the MS and the BTS cause 10 : too low level on the uplink in the inner zone cause 11 : too low level on the downlink the in inner zone cause 26 : AMR channel adaptation HO (HR to FR) cause 15 : high interference on the uplink (intra-cell HO) cause 16 : high interference on the downlink (intra-cell HO)
cause 21 : high level in the neighboring cell in the preferred bandcause 14 : high level in neighboring cell of a lower or an indoor layer cell for slow mobilecause 24 : general capturecause 12 : power budget evaluationcause 23 : traffic
cause 13 : too high level on the uplink and downlink in the outer zone cause 27 : AMR channel adaptation HO (FR to HR) cause 20 : Forced Directed Retry DR cause 28 : Fast traffic HO
EM
BC
The handover causes are checked with the priority order defined here.
The better condition causes 21, 14, 24, 12 and 23 have the same priority. For each cell in the list of possible candidate cells is associated a cause.
If a cell is in the candidate cells list because of 2 different causes, only the one with the highest priority in the ordered list (cause 21, cause 14, cause 24, cause 12 and cause 23) in which cause 21 has the highest priority is kept.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 59
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 59
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 60
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 60
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Emergency Intercell Algorithms
Emergency intercell handovers cause 2 : too low quality on the uplink cause 3 : too low level on the uplink cause 4 : too low quality on the downlink cause 5 : too low level on the downlink cause 6 : too large distance between the MS and the BTS
May be triggered From any serving cell (any band, any zone, any layer) Towards any neighbour, except the serving cell
Note : EM HO detected while in the inner zone of a cell the outer zone is a candidate
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 61
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 61
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 2: UL Quality
CAUSE 2: too low quality on the uplink
Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO > L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO <= RXLEV_UL_IH
and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX)
and EN_RXQUAL_UL= ENABLED
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO > L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO <= RXLEV_UL_IH
and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX)
and EN_RXQUAL_UL= ENABLED
QUAL
LEV
Quality and Level causes (2, 3, 4, 5, 15, 16)The aim of these causes is to keep the call going when the radio link is degrading otherwise the radio link failure might be detected and the call released. These causes wait generally for the power control process to increase the BTS and MS power to their maximum values, except for the causes specific to microcellular environment.Handover on "too low level" is used to avoid situations where the interference level is low, while the attenuation is quite high. These conditions may appear for example in big city streets which ENABLED a line of sight propagation from the BTS antenna. There is in this case a risk of abrupt quality degradation, if the MS moves away from the line of sight street.In case of simultaneous low-level and low-quality signals, an intercell handover is requested.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 62
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 62
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 3: UL Level
CAUSE 3: too low level on the uplink
Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO
QUAL
LEV
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < L_RXLEV_UL_H
and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX)
and EN_RXLEV_UL= ENABLED
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_UL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < L_RXLEV_UL_H
and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX)
and EN_RXLEV_UL= ENABLED
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 63
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 63
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 4: DL Quality
CAUSE 4: too low quality on the downlink
Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO
QUAL
LEV
AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_DL_HO <= RXLEV_DL_IH
and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX
and EN_RXQUAL_DL = ENABLED
AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_DL_HO <= RXLEV_DL_IH
and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX
and EN_RXQUAL_DL = ENABLED
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 64
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 64
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 5: DL Level
CAUSE 5: too low level on the downlink
Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO
QUAL
LEV
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < L_RXLEV_DL_H
and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX
and EN_RXLEV_DL= ENABLED
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO <= L_RXQUAL_DL_H + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < L_RXLEV_DL_H
and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX
and EN_RXLEV_DL= ENABLED
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 65
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 65
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 6: Distance
CAUSE 6 : Too long distance
Size of window for averaging distance : A_RANGE_HO
AV_RANGE_HO > U_TIME_ADVANCE
and EN_DIST_HO = ENABLED
AV_RANGE_HO > U_TIME_ADVANCE
and EN_DIST_HO = ENABLED
This cause is used when a dominant cell provides a lot of scattered coverages inside other cells, due to propagation conditions of the operational network. These spurious coverages is the probable production of a high level of co-channel interference.
This cause is different from the others as it is more preventive. It does not make use of the propagation conditions of a call. It just does not allow an MS to talk to a BTS if it is too far away.
It may happen for example that some peculiar propagation conditions exist at one point in time that provide exceptional quality and level although the serving BTS is far and another is closer and should be the one the mobile should be connected to if the conditions were normal.
It may then happen that these exceptional conditions suddenly drop and the link is lost, which would not have happened if the mobile had been connected to the closest cell. For these reasons also, this cause does not wait for the power control to react.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 66
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 66
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Emergency Intracell Handovers
Emergency intracell handovers cause 15 : high interference on the uplink (intra-cell HO) cause 16 : high interference on the downlink (intra-cell HO)
May be triggered From any serving cell (any band, any zone, any layer) Towards only the serving cell
Note : If the MS is on a non-hopping TRX, the BSC will tend to allocate a TCH on another TRX.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 67
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 67
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 15: UL Interference
CAUSE 15: High interference on the uplink
Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_IH
and EN_CAUSE_15 = ENABLED
and [ no previous intracell handover for this connection failed or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED ]
AV_RXQUAL_UL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_IH
and EN_CAUSE_15 = ENABLED
and [ no previous intracell handover for this connection failed or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED ]
THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 and EN_CAUSE_15 are not parameters but variables defined just after.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 68
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 68
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 16: DL Interference
CAUSE 16: High interference on the downlink
Size of window for averaging quality: A_QUAL_HO Size of window for averaging level: A_LEV_HO
AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_IH
and EN_CAUSE_16 = ENABLED
and [ no previous intracell handover for this connection failed or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED ]
AV_RXQUAL_DL_HO > THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16 + OFFSET_RXQUAL_FH
and AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_IH
and EN_CAUSE_16 = ENABLED
and [ no previous intracell handover for this connection failed or EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = ENABLED ]
THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_16 and EN_CAUSE_16 are not parameters but variables defined after.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 69
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 69
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
New Parameters for Causes 15 & 16
CAUSE 15 and CAUSE 16: THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 (or 16) and EN_CAUSE_15 (or 16) are specific to
variable computed by the BSC :
THR_RXQUAL_CAUSE_15 (or 16) = L_RXQUAL_XX_H for a non AMR call (same threshold as CAUSE 2 or CAUSE 4) L_RXQUAL_XX_H_AMR for an AMR Narrow Band call L_RXQUAL_XX_H_AMR_WB_GMSK for an AMR Wide Band call
EN_ CAUSE _15 (or 16) = EN_INTRA_XX for a non-AMR call EN_INTRA_XX_AMR for an AMR Narrow Band call EN_INTRA_XX_AMR_WB_GMSK for an AMR Wide Band call
B10
XX = UL or DL
For a non AMR call, the thresholds used are identical to the ones used for CAUSE 2 and CAUSE 4.
In this case and if EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED = DISABLED, when a HO CAUSE 15 (or 16) fails, it can be modified as UPLINK (or DOWLINK) QUALITY, HO CAUSE 2 (respectively HO CAUSE 4).
With the introduction of AMR Wide Band, in B10, specific thresholds have been defined for Cause 15 and Cause 16 of an AMR WB call.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 70
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 70
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Causes 15 & 16: specific case of concentric cells
For an MS in the INNER zone, if cause 15 or 16 is triggered: TCH may be allocated in the outer zone or in the inner zone
For an MS in the OUTER zone, if cause 15 or 16 is triggered: TCH is always allocated in the outer zone
INNER
OUTER
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 71
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 71
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget
Definition of PBGT HO : “Comfort” handover type, no matter of emergency Possible targets depends on the cells layer type :
Single or UpperSingle or UpperSingle
MS Speed = FASTMS Speed ≠ FAST
Indoor
Lower
Single or Upper
Target Layer Type
Upper or Indoor
Upper or Lower
Single or Upper
Serving Layer Type
Indoor
Lower
Upper
If the MS is measured as fast, HO preferably towards upper cells with
low traffic load
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 72
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 72
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Definition of PBGT HO : Possible targets depends also on the cells band type :
GSMAnyGSM
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO= Disable
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO= Enable
Any
Target Band Type
DCS
Serving Band Type(MS not in inner zone of
a MB cell)
DCS
A multiband cell is "GSM" if the outer zone is in GSM (cf. note)
The cell band type is an internal variable in the BSC, it depends on the BCCH frequency only. Therefore a multiband cell has a cell band type = GSM if the outer zone is in GSM900.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 73
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 73
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Definition of PBGT HO : … And if the MS is in the inner zone of a multiband concentric cell :
GSM-DCSAnyGSM
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO= Disable
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO= Enable
Any
Target Frequency Band
GSM-DCS
Serving Band Type(MS in inner zone of a MB
cell)
DCS
When in the MB inner zone, it is possible to force PBGT HO only towards other
MB cell.
Serving cell is a multiband cell : Band type depends on the BCCH frequency.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 74
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 74
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = disable
Single 900
Upper 900
µ900
900 1800
indoor900
Upper 1800
µ900
mini1800
Upper 900
Single 1800
900 1800
indoor900
mini900
fast
fast
fast
fastfa
st
UpperSingle
900
Upper 900
µ900
900 1800
indoor900
Upper 1800
µ900
mini1800
Upper 900
Single 1800
900 1800
indoor900
mini900
UpperSingle
900
Upper 900
µ900
900 1800
indoor900
Upper 1800
µ900
mini1800
Upper 900
Single 1800
900 1800
indoor900
mini900
Upper
Upper
Caution: Animated slide
This scheme highlights well the difficulty of introducing multi-band cells if EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO is disabled (this was the only configuration in the first B6.2 networks): Multi-band cells interoperate only with, etc. multi-band cells.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 75
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 75
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable
Single 900
Upper 900
µ900
900 1800
indoor900
Upper 1800
µ900
mini1800
Upper 900
Single 1800
900 1800
indoor900
mini900
Upper
Upper
fast
fast
fast
fastfa
st
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 76
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 76
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
Based on Power budget equation
Size of window for level averaging: A_PBGT_HO
PBGT(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO
- (BS_TXPWR_MAX – AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)
- (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)* – MS_TXPWR_MAX*)
- PING_PONG_MARGIN(n, call_ref)
PBGT(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO
- (BS_TXPWR_MAX – AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)
- (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)* – MS_TXPWR_MAX*)
- PING_PONG_MARGIN(n, call_ref)
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
The value of PBGT(n) is calculated every SACCH period for each neighboring cell n whose measures are kept in the book-keeping list
A : favor cell with highest difference between RXLEV(n) and RXLEV(s)
B : compensate for effect of the power control in DL (if PC DL attenuates BS TXPWR by 4dB, the RXLEV(s) is also attenuated by 4dB)
C : favor the cell where the MS is the most limited in TX power (to limit UL interference and extend battery life)
automatic bonus of +3dB from 900-serving to 1800-neighbours.
automatic handicap of -3dB from 1800-serving to 900-neighbours.
* In the case of concentric or multiband cells, if the channel is in the inner zone (ZONE_TYPE = INNER), BS_TXPWR_MAX and MS_TXPWR_MAX in equation must be replaced by BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER and MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER respectively.
If the channel is in the outer zone (ZONE_TYPE = OUTER), the formulation of equation (HO-7) is not changed.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 77
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 77
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
A Handover cause 12 is detected only if the following conditions are met :
Size of window for level averaging: A_PBGT_HO
if EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = DISABLED
then PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER (*)
and AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO ≤ RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
and EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED
if EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = DISABLED
then PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER (*)
and AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO ≤ RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
and EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED
(*) OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is applied only if the MS is currently located in the inner zone of a concentric cell (multiband or monoband). This parameter will be explained in chapter 7.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 78
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 78
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
In case the feature "Traffic HO" is enabled, the previous condition is modified :
Size of window for level averaging: A_PBGT_HO
if EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = ENABLED
then PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER (*)+ max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n))
and AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO ≤ RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
and EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED
if EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = ENABLED
then PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER (*)+ max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n))
and AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO ≤ RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO
and EN_PBGT_HO = ENABLED
max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)) is always positive it increases the HO_MARGIN(O,n)max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)) is always positive it increases the HO_MARGIN(O,n)
Cause 12 HO is correlated with cause 23 HO. This is why there is a difference according to the activation of cause 23 HO (EN_TRAFFIC_HO).
(*) OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is applied only if the MS is currently located in the inner zone of a concentric cell (multiband or monoband). This parameter will be explained in chapter 7.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 79
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 79
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n): evaluated according to the traffic situation of the serving cell and the neighboring cell n (Traffic_load(n)) in the following way:
Philosophy:This mechanism aims at penalizing cause 12 detection when the traffic in the serving cell is low and is high in the cell n
If Traffic_load(0) = high and Traffic_load(n) = low, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = - DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN
If Traffic_load(0) = low and Traffic_load(n) = high, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = + DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN
Else DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 0
If Traffic_load(0) = high and Traffic_load(n) = low, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = - DELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN
If Traffic_load(0) = low and Traffic_load(n) = high, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = + DELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN
Else DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 0
(A)
(B)
(C)
Don't forget :
PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER + max(0, DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n))
In case (A) : DELTA HO MARGIN is negative, therefore "0" is used in the PBGT algorithm.
Only cases (B) and (C) can occur for cause 12.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 80
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 80
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Power Budget [cont.]
What is the traffic_load() ? Computed for every cell by the BSC
Not available for neighbour cells that are external (different BSC's)
Can have three values: HIGH: cell is loaded LOW: cell is unloaded INDEFINITE: cell load is neither loaded nor unloaded, or unknown
Modified according to the long term traffic evaluation algorithm using the following parameters: A_TRAFFIC_LOAD, N_TRAFFIC_LOAD : averaging windows HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD, IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD, LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD: load
thresholds TCH_INFO_PERIOD: cannot be modified (5 s)
Annex 1
TCH_INFO_PERIOD = 5 s period used by the BSC to count the number of free TCH.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 81
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 81
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation
Separated 900 – 1800 coverages
Allow the flow of PBGT HO between the 2 bands EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable
1800 cells 900 cells
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable or disable
HO_MARGIN(0,n) =5 dB HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB
HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 2 dB
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable
HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 8 dB
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable
Typical example: dense urban area covered in 1800, and surrounding cells, outside the city area, are in 900.
For cells which are not in the vicinity of cells from other band, the parameter " EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO" has no impact on HO detection (except for multiband cells)
Note : to ease design of parameters, one can use the following syntax (i.e. for the case above) :
HO_MARGIN(900,900) = 5dB
HO_MARGIN(900,1800) = 8dB
HO_MARGIN(1800,1800) = 5dB
HO_MARGIN(1800,900) = 2dB
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(900) = enable
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(1800) = enable
Why 8dB ? Because there is a automatic bonus of 3dB from 900 1800 (cf p.77). In order keep a difference of 5dB of RXLEV, it is necessary to increase the HO_MARGIN by 3dB.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 82
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 82
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation [cont.]
Common 900 – 1800 coverages
Solution 1 : Allow the exit from "border 1800", but use other HO causes to manage "core 1800"
macro 900
macro 1800HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB
HO_M(1800,900)= 2 dB
"Border" strategySmooth exit of the 1800 areaEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Enable
"Core" strategyPrevent PBGT HO, to keep MS in 1800 EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Disable
HO_MARGIN(900,1800)= 8 dB
HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB
Dual coverage of an area : full coverage in 1800 and full coverage in 900. However, to compensate for line (C) in slide 77, we must compensate by 3 dB.
This way, there is no priority given to the 1800 band nor the 900 band.
When handling different bands with power budget HO only, the recommended CRO in the 1800 cell is:
CRO(1800) = ( [ HO_MARGIN(1800,900) – HO_MARGIN(900,1800)] / 2 ) + 3
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 83
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 83
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 12: Inter-band situation [cont.]
Common 900 – 1800 coverages
Solution 2 : Manage all intra-layer HO with HO cause 12.
macro 900
macro 1800
HO
_M = 2 dB
"Border" strategySmooth exit of the 1800 areaEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Enable
"Core" strategyAllow PBGT HO, favour MS in 1800 EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Enable
HO
_M = 8 dB
HO_M(900,900) = 5 dB
HO_M(1800,900)= 8dB
HO_M(900,1800)= 2dB
HO_M(1800,1800) = 5 dB
Same management of HO at the "border" zone, but "core" zone is managed with PBGT HO also. Except the HO_MARGIN are different :
HO_MARGIN(1800,900) = 8dB (6dB harder than default "2dB")
HO_MARGIN(900,1800) = 2dB (6dB easier than default "8dB")
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 84
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 84
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters
HO_MARGIN(0,n) optimization
Not triggering too many HOs(ping-pong)
Not triggering HO to a transient cell (for example, the perpendicular cell at a crossroads)
Avoid emergency HO to the umbrella if there is an available microcell (after a street corner).
Micro 1Micro 2
Micro 3
PBGT HO between micro cells 1, 2
-110
-100
-90
-80
-70
-60
-50
1 3 5 7 9
11
13
15
17
19
rxlev(cell 1)rxlev(cell 2)rxlev(cell 3)
Too many handovers can be perceived as a degradation of the voice quality (i.e. in QVoice)
Transient cell : the Rxlev of this cell is good only for a short duration (= passing cell)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 85
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 85
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters [cont.]
HO_MARGIN(0,n) Avoid ping-pong HO in urban environment Avoid emergency HO after street corners Avoid transcient PBGT HO Default value: up to 10 dB in dense urban microcellular area, with
short A_PBGT_HO. Optimized: can be reduced to 5dB or 0dB when applying an anti ping-
pong mechanism and long A_PBGT_HO.
A_PBGT_HO To find a compromise with HO_MARGIN(0,n) Default value: 8 SACCHs for urban microcells, 6 for dense urban
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 86
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 86
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
HO Cause 12: Tuning of Microcells Parameters [cont.]
HO_MARGIN optimization if HO_MARGIN(0,n) > 5dB
PBGT HO delayedC/I might drop below -6dB in case of adjacent frequencies between
2 neighbouring microcells, degradation of voice quality
if HO_MARGIN(0,n) ≤ 5dB (0dB)
adjacent frequencies between neighbouring microcells can be used
BUT A_PBGT_HO should be increasedAND the anti ping-pong mechanism
should be applied (PING_PONG_HCP & T_HCP)
BTS1
BTS2
Building
Interferer
fn
fn+1
Area of potential interferences: (C/I)adj < -6dB
C/I = -9dB, means that the RXLEV(serving) is 9dB lower than the RXLEV(neighbour)
Alcatel recommends C/I > -6dB [BCCH] and > -9dB [TCH] in case of adjacent channels, to avoid call quality degradation.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 87
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 87
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Cause 12: Speed Discrimination in Lower/Indoor
Transfer of fast MSs from lower or indoor layers to upper layer If EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED
HO
Traffic Load low
HO (12) HO (12) HO (12)
HO (12)
Traffic Load = low
MIN_CONNECT_TIME
At call setup: C_DWELL = 0 and is incremented by 1 every MEASUREMENT REPORTMS_SPEED is set to indefinite
After 1st HO: MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite, and C_DWELL reinits to 0Next HO: MS_SPEED is set to fast if:
C_DWELL < 2 x MIN_CONNECT_TIMEand HO is a Power Budget HO (cause 12)and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED in serving cell
Otherwise MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite and C_DWELL reinits to 0
At call setup: C_DWELL = 0 and is incremented by 1 every MEASUREMENT REPORTMS_SPEED is set to indefinite
After 1st HO: MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite, and C_DWELL reinits to 0Next HO: MS_SPEED is set to fast if:
C_DWELL < 2 x MIN_CONNECT_TIMEand HO is a Power Budget HO (cause 12)and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED in serving cell
Otherwise MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite and C_DWELL reinits to 0
At call setup: C_DWELL = 0 and is incremented by 1 every MEASUREMENT REPORTMS_SPEED is set to indefinite
After 1st HO: MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite, and C_DWELL reinits to 0Next HO: MS_SPEED is set to fast if:
C_DWELL < 2 x MIN_CONNECT_TIMEand HO is a Power Budget HO (cause 12)and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED in serving cell
Otherwise MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite and C_DWELL reinits to 0
At call setup: C_DWELL = 0 and is incremented by 1 every MEASUREMENT REPORTMS_SPEED is set to indefinite
After 1st HO: MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite, and C_DWELL reinits to 0Next HO: MS_SPEED is set to fast if:
C_DWELL < 2 x MIN_CONNECT_TIMEand HO is a Power Budget HO (cause 12)and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED in serving cell
Otherwise MS_SPEED is kept at indefinite and C_DWELL reinits to 0
If the handover is an intracell HO, nothing happens : C_DWELL continues to be incremented.
If the handover is an external HO (different BSC), then there is a reinitialisation of the variables C_DWELL and MS_SPEED as after a call setup.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 88
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 88
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Exercise
Draw arrows to indicate among which cells the HO cause 12 can be detected
UMBRELLA
LOWER
INDOOR
SPEED_DISC is enable in lower and indoor layers
Case 1 : all cells belong to the same BSC
Case 2 : the umbrella cells belong to another BSC
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 89
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 89
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 23: Traffic
The aim of this cause is to speed HO detection when The serving cell is loaded The target cell is unloaded
Counter-reaction of cause 12
Checked between :
LAYER : Cells with the same CELL_LAYER_TYPE
BAND : If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = disable Cells with the same CELL_BAND_TYPE if MS in inner zone of a multi-band cell, it can only go to another multi-band cell
If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = enable Any CELL_BAND_TYPE
CAUSE 23
CAUSE 12
In some multi-band networks, the radio coverage is ensured by DCS cells in one geographical area and by GSM cells in another geographical area. As these cells form a multi-band and mono-layer network, the capture handovers between cells of different bands will be inefficient to regulate the CS traffic load in the serving cell neighboringhood.
The solution consists in allowing intra-layer traffic handovers (Cause 23) based on a power budget evaluation between cells of different bands.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 90
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 90
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 23: Traffic [cont.]
CAUSE 23: Traffic Handover
Size of window for level average: A_PBGT_HO
DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) uses the same algorithm as in p.77.
DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) < 0 dB
AND PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER+ DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)
AND EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = ENABLED
DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n) < 0 dB
AND PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER+ DELTA_HO_MARGIN(0,n)
AND EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = ENABLED
The principle of this handover is to reduce the size of the serving cell when it is high loaded relatively to a low loaded cell.
When the mobile moves away from the BTS, the power budget will increase and a better cell handover will be triggered earlier.
It is recommended to inhibit Traffic handover towards 1 TRX cells. These cells do not have enough resources to receive incoming handovers due to congestion of neighboring cells. Moreover because of the great variation of traffic in the 1 TRX cells, traffic load is never considered as low.
This cause is inhibited for handover from SDCCH to SDCCH.
Cause 23 is checked over all the neighboring cells belonging to the same layer. It means that it is checked between cells whose CELL_LAYER_TYPE is single or upper, between cells whose CELL_LAYER_TYPE is lower, and between cells whose CELL_LAYER_TYPE is indoor.
In addition to the condition on the cell layer type, the cell frequency band condition for checking Cause 23 is as follows whether or not the MS is in the inner zone of a multi-band cell:
The MS is not in the inner zone of a multi-band cell
If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “disabled”, Cause 23 must not be checked between cells which use different frequency bands (i.e cells having different CELL_BAND_TYPE).
If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “enabled”, Cause 23 will be checked over all the neighboring cells without any cell frequency band restriction.
The MS is in the inner zone of a multi-band cell
If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “disabled”, Cause 23 is checked over all the neighboring cell multi-band cells (FREQUENCY_RANGE= PGSM-DCS1800 or EGSM-DCS1800) which belong to the same BSC as the serving cell.
If the flag EN_MULTI-BAND_PBGT_HO is set to “enabled”, Cause 23 will be checked over all the neighboring cells without any cell frequency band restriction.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 91
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 91
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO
CAUSE 28: Fast Traffic Handover Push out of a cell a mobile in dedicated mode to allow a queued request to
be served in the serving cell
May be triggered From any non-concentric cell OR concentric outer zone Towards any cell except the serving one
HO
New call attempt Most appropriate MS to be pushed out
Congested cell
New call attempt
HO
Most appropriate MS to be pushed out
Upper Layer Cell
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 92
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 92
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO [cont.]
CAUSE 28: Fast Traffic Handover Cause 28 is only checked if the channel of the candidate MS can support
the channel rate (HR or FR) required by the queued request:
HO is triggered when a request is queued at the top of the queue
FR (whatever the TRX type)FR
HRor
FR on dual rate TRXHR
Candidate MSQueued Request
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 93
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 93
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Handover Cause 28: Fast Traffic HO [cont.]
CAUSE 28: Fast Traffic Handover
Size of window for averaging level: A_PBGT_DR
Same thresholds and window as Cause 20 (FDR) EN_CAUSE_28 is an internal HOP process variable, ENABLED when a request
is queued
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) + max (0, [MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P])
and t(n) > FREELEVEL_DR(n)
and EN_CAUSE_28 = ENABLED
and EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO = ENABLED
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) + max (0, [MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P])
and t(n) > FREELEVEL_DR(n)
and EN_CAUSE_28 = ENABLED
and EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO = ENABLED
HO cause 28 process:
If EN_FAST_TRAFFIC_HO = enabled, when an assignment request (or external emergency HO request) is queued, the RAM process sends to the HOP process a Fast Traffic HO request which contains the queued request reference and its channel rate.
Then, HO cause 28 becomes checkable (EN_CAUSE_28=enabled).
Once an HO alarm for cause 28 is triggered, the flag EN_CAUSE_28 is set to “disabled” so as not to perform more than one handover. In the same time, the HOP process gets back to the RAM process a Fast Traffic HO Acknowledge which contains the queued request reference and the reference of the MS that can perform HO.
If several answers are sent to the RAM process, only the first one corresponding to the queued request is taken into account.
The RAM process checks if the request is still queued. If it is so, RAM asks HOP to start HO for this mobile; otherwise the process is stopped.
Once the HOP process receives this message, the first two conditions of Cause 28 (good enough level, enough free resources in the target cell) are checked one more time. If the conditions are fulfilled, the HOP process sends an alarm to the HOM entity and the timer T_FILTER is started; otherwise the process is stopped.
Note: the first two conditions of cause 28 are tested twice in order to be sure that the candidate cells are still valid when the « cause 28 start HO » message is received from the RAM process.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 94
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 94
Detection of cause 12 Parameters settings
No Power Control DL, no anti ping-pong EN_PBGT_HO = enable EN_TRAFFIC_HO(0,n) = disable HO_MARGIN(0,n) = 5 dB RXLEV_LIMIT_PBGT_HO = -47 dBm
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 0 dB OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 0 dB
In each case, determine if cause 12 is detected or not
30 minutes
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Exercise
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 95
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 95
Is cause 12 triggered? EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = ENABLE
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Exercise [cont.]
9009001800900Band
FastFastSlowIndMS speed
Cause 12 ?
PBGT ?
-80 dBm-65 dBm- 65 dBm-80 dBmRx_Lev(n)
HIGHLOWLOWINDTraffic(n)
MicroUmbrellaUmbrellaSingleType
Target
-90 dBm-90 dBm- 90 dBm-85 dBmRx_Lev(0)
NoYesYesNoEN_SPEED_DISC
900900900900Band
MiniMicroMicroSingleType
Source
Case 4Case 3Case 2Case 1Inputs
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 96
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 96
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Exercise [cont.]
Is cause 12 triggered? EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = DISABLE
Cause 12 ?
PBGT ?
-65 dBm-65 dBm-65 dBm-70 dBm-80 dBmRx_Lev(n)
9009009001800900Band
MultibandUpper
SingleSingleSingleSingleType
Target
-90 dBm-90 dBm-90 dBm-85 dBm-85 dBmRx_Lev(0)
InnerOuterInner------Zone
900900900900900Band
MultibandUpper
MultibandUpper
MultibandUpper
SingleSingleType
Source
Case 5Case 4Case 3Case 2Case 1Inputs
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 97
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 97
6 Main Standard Handover Algorithms
Exercise [cont.]
Is cause 12 triggered? EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = ENABLE
Cause 12 ?
PBGT ?
-65 dBm-65 dBm-65 dBm-70 dBm-80 dBmRx_Lev(n)
9009009001800900Band
MultibandUpper
SingleSingleSingleSingleType
Target
-90 dBm-90 dBm-90 dBm-85 dBm-85 dBmRx_Lev(0)
InnerOuterInner------Zone
900900900900900Band
MultibandUpper
MultibandUpper
MultibandUpper
SingleSingleType
Source
Case 5Case 4Case 3Case 2Case 1Inputs
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 98
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 98
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 99
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 99
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Emergency Handovers: Introduction
In a hierarchical network, the MS can camp in any layer. Each layer is characterized by a certain cell type.
Depending on the dimension type, the BSC is able to trigger some specific "microcell" emergency handovers in order to save the call.
Micro
Micro
Macro
Macro
Macro
Dimension Type
YESYESMicro
NOYESSingle
Micro(7,17,18)
Standard(2,3,4,5,6)
YES
YES
YES
Available Emergency HO causes
YES
NO
NO
Serving Cell Type
Indoor
Mini
Umbrella
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 100
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 100
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Emergency Handovers: Introduction [cont.]
Recommended strategies : An MS is located in a micro or an indoor cell During an emergency HO, the MS is directed preferably towards an upper
or a single cell
An MS is located in a mini cell During an emergency HO, the MS is directed preferably towards
neighboring mini cells
in µ
umbrella single
mini
umbrella
mini
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 101
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 101
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Emergency Handovers Specific to Microcells
Emergency handovers specific to microcells cause 7 : consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell cause 17 : too low level on the uplink in a microcell compared to a high
threshold cause 18 : too low level on the downlink in a microcell compared to a high
threshold
May be triggered From microcells only (cell_dimension_type = micro)
Outdoor microcell (micro layer) Indoor microcell (indoor layer)
Towards any cell except the serving one
Note : If the MS in inner zone of a multi-band cell, the serving cell is a candidate
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 102
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 102
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Microcell Emergency Handovers
CAUSE 7: consecutive bad SACCH frames received in a microcell
N_BAD_SACCH Rule : "Radio Link Recovery shall be triggered before the handover" N_BAD_SACCH > RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS - N_BSTXPWR_M
Default values:RADIOLINK_TIMEOUT_BS = 18 SACCHN_BSTPWR_M = 15 SACCH N_BAD_SACCH = 4 SACCH
Last N_BAD_SACCH frames received are not correct
and EN_MCHO_RESCUE = ENABLE
Last N_BAD_SACCH frames received are not correct
and EN_MCHO_RESCUE = ENABLE
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 103
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 103
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Microcell Emergency Handovers [cont.]
CAUSE 17: too low level on the UL in a microcell compared to a high threshold
Averaging window: A_LEV_MCHO
AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i) ≤ U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
and AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i-1) > U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
and EN_MCHO_H_UL = ENABLE
AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i) ≤ U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
and AV_RXLEV_UL_MCHO(i-1) > U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO
and EN_MCHO_H_UL = ENABLE
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 104
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 104
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Microcell Emergency Handovers [cont.]
CAUSE 18: too low level on the DL in a microcell compared to a high threshold
Averaging window: A_LEV_MCHO
AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i) ≤ U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
and AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i-1) > U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
and EN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLE
AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i) ≤ U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
and AV_RXLEV_DL_MCHO(i-1) > U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO
and EN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLE
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 105
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 105
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold
High threshold (U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO) the HO is triggered when the signal drops under the threshold the corresponding HO causes consist in comparing, at 2 successive SACCH
periods, the DL and UL levels in the serving microcell with a high threshold
Beginning a call under the threshold does not trigger an HO
ii-1
t
AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO
High Threshold
HO alarm
ii-1
t
AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO
High Threshold
no HO alarm
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 106
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 106
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold [cont.]
High threshold (U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO)
With high value, mobiles will be sent too early to the macro layer
With low value, mobiles turning at a street corner will be maintained in the microcell layer during a longer period
Problems for MS's with a signal strength level close to the high threshold : due to fading, multiple handovers can be triggered during a call:
MS in Indoor cell : decrease in RXLEV leads to emergency HO UmbrellaMS in Umbrella : RXLEV of indoor cell becomes good again, capture HO Indoor… and so on.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 107
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 107
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 17 & 18: Comparison to High Threshold [cont.]
U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO compared to L_RXLEV_XX_H Default settings recommends a +2dB gap : for DL:
L_RXLEV_DL_H = -93 dBm
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -91 dBm
for UL:
L_RXLEV_UL_H = -95 (M2M), -98 (M4M), -102 (Evolium) dBm
U_RXLEV_UL_MCHO = -93 (M2M), -96 (M4M), -100 (Evolium) dBm
Averaging:
A_LEV_MCHO : 10 SACCH
A_LEV_HO : 4 (dense urband) ~ 6 (urban) SACCH
A_LEV_MCHO
The averaging window size shouldn’t be too small in order to:
avoid triggering too easily an HO on fading and overloading needlessly the macrocell
favor as much as possible between 2 micro cells PBGT HO
Typical value: 10 SACCHs
The high threshold is used to modelize a slow decrease of the signal level at microcell border
Really urgent handovers will be triggered using the Low Threshold (cause 3 & 5) with a short averaging window size
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 108
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 108
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 17 & 18: Default Strategy
Default strategy : U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO > L_RXLEV_XX_H
ii-1
t
AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO
High Threshold
µHO alarm
t
Standard Threshold
High Threshold
Standard Threshold
Std HO alarm
Based on 10-SACCH sliding averagesGoal : detect slow degradation
Based on 4-SACCH sliding averagesGoal : detect quick drops in level
AV_RXLEV_XX_HO
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 109
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 109
7 Emergency Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 17 & 18: Alternative Strategy
Alternative strategy : U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO < L_RXLEV_XX_H
ii-1
t
AV_RXLEV_XX_MCHO
High Threshold
µHO alarm
t
Standard Threshold
High Threshold
Standard Threshold
Std HO alarm
Based on 4-SACCH sliding averagesGoal : detect corner street effects
Based on 10-SACCH sliding averagesGoal : detect MS slowly exiting the cell
AV_RXLEV_XX_HO
Alternative strategy offers a different approach :
The "high" treshold U_RXLEV_XX_MCHO is not "high" anymore. Use this threshold as "emergency" exit from a microcell, when the MS turns around a street corner.
The standard threshold should be used as a standard exit from microcell : don't forget that HO cause 12 towards another cell in the same layer might not always be possible. In this case, the only way to exit a micro cell or an indoor cell is to perform an emergency HO !
Therefore it is necessary to use one dedicated emergency HO as a "safe exit" HO, to keep a good RXLEV while performing a HO towards another layer.
Example :
U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO =-92dBm
L_RXLEV_DL_H = -83dBm
A_LEV_MCHO : 4 SACCH
A_LEV_HO : 10 SACCHEN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLE
In Uplink, default values can be kept for the standard emergency HO, and EN_MCHO_H_UL = DISABLE (exit performed with DL is enough)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 110
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 110
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 111
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 111
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS
Capture handover Improved in B7 (indoor & anti ping-pong) Send traffic in lower layers, even though the call is
fine in upper layers
May be triggered From upper layer cells Towards lower or indoor layer cells
From lower layer cells Towards indoor layer cells
Note : It can be triggered between different frequency bands or not
PREFERRED_BAND = None / DCS / GSM (BSC parameter)
mini
umbrella
micro
indoor
LOWER
UPPER
INDOOR
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 112
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 112
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS [cont.]
In order to keep dual band MSs in the preferred band Cause 14 is not checked if
serving cell or zone is "preferred band" AND target cell is "non preferred" AND EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = DISABLED
CELL_BAND_TYPE = Preferred_band
CELL_LAYER_TYPE =upper
CELL_LAYER_TYPE =lower or indoor
EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLEDCELL_BAND_TYPE = CELL_BAND_TYPE(0)
EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLEDCELL_BAND_TYPE Preferred_band
CELL_BAND_TYPE = Preferred_bandCELL_BAND_TYPE ≠ Preferred_band
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) should be disabled in the TARGET cell in order to prevent cause 14.
Definition : Enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred-band into a classical band cell.
Beware : it is also used in cause 24 (general capture)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 113
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 113
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS [cont.]
If cell_layer_type (0) = upper
Averaging window: A_PBGT_HO Anti ping-pong: not checked if T_INHIBIT_CPT is running
mini
umbrella
micro indoor
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
and MS_SPEED = SLOW
and EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
and MS_SPEED = SLOW
and EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 114
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 114
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Lower/Indoor Capture for Slow MS [cont.]
If cell_layer_type (0) = lower
Averaging window: A_PBGT_HO Anti ping-pong: not checked if T_INHIBIT_CPT is running
mini micro
indoor
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
and MS_SPEED ≠ FAST
and EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
and MS_SPEED ≠ FAST
and EN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLED
MS_SPEED different than fast, because at call setup, the MS SPEED is set to indefinite. It cannot be set to "SLOW". A "SLOW" MS might be a MS that came from an umbrella previously.
Therefore, in a mini cell, a MS with MS SPEED = indefinite should be able to be sent to an indoor cell.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 115
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 115
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination
Only available for UPPER layers (umbrella cells)
Speed discrimination objectives : Maximize capacity (maximum traffic in lower/indoor cells) While optimizing quality (minimize the number of handovers)
Smart speed discrimination : 1. If the load of umbrella is too high reduce the time a MS can stay in the
umbrella2. If the load of umbrella is low increase the time a MS can stay in the
umbrella3. If the MS speed is fast in lower/indoor cells it is sent to the umbrella
cell
Benefits of the smart speed discrimination :
Case 1 : The umbrella cell is kept "less loaded" in order to accept incoming handovers and call setups (most of call setups will be done on the umbrella cells, because of the better coverage). The extra-capacity of lower/indoor cells is fully used.
Case 2 : No HO is performed in this case, because the umbrella has room to keep the calls. It is interesting to avoid handovers, because less HO during a call better voice quality.
Case 3 : a fast moving user should stay in upper layers, in order to avoid performing too many HO (increase the risk of call drops, especially in lower layers)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 116
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 116
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]
Interlayer HO are based on speed discrimination
Lower layer
Upper layer
Indoor layer
Cause12MS_speed = FAST
Cause12MS_speed = FAST
Cause14MS_speed = SLOW or INDEFINITE
Cause14MS_speed = SLOW
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 117
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 117
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]
MS speed in umbrella cells : Speed estimation based on the consecutive time the same lower/indoor
cell is received as a neigbour by the MS
If for one neighboring cell n, C_DWELL(n) ≥ 2 x MIN_DWELL_TIME
MS_SPEED is set to SLOW
Upper layer
Lower layerCell 1 Lower layer
Cell 2
C_DWELL(1) C_DWELL(2)
To dwell : to reside
If this dwell time exceeds MIN_DWELL_TIME, the MS is slow and is sent to the lower/indoor cell
C_DWELL(n) is a counter measuring the number of SACCH periods of monitoring neighbour cell n over the threshold L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
There is one C_DWELL() per neighbour cell
MIN_DWELL_TIME is a variable linked to the load of the serving umbrella cell
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 118
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 118
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]
Initialization of C_DWELL(n) in serving umbrella cell :
if EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLE C_DWELL(n) = 0 MSs will handover to the lower/indoor layer after MIN_DWELL_TIME seconds
if EN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLE C_DWELL(n) = 2 x (MIN_DWELL_TIME - L_MIN_DWELL_TIME) MSs will handover to the lower/indoor layer after L_MIN_DWELL_TIME seconds
MIN_DWELL_TIME is not a parameter ! It is a variable computed by BSC : it varies, depending on the umbrella traffic load.
Default : EN_SPEED_DISC = Disable
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 119
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 119
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]
Example with default values (EN_SPEED_DISC = disable) Initialization values
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 20s (= MIN_DWELL_TIME at initialization)L_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 8sC_DWELL(n) = 2 x (MIN_DWELL_TIME - L_MIN_DWELL_TIME)
= 2 x (20 - 8) = 24 SACCH (= 12 seconds)
AlgorithmMS is deemed as slow if C_DWELL(n) > 2 x MIN_DWELL_TIME C_DWELL(n) starts at 24, and is increased by 1 when RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
0 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44
: EN_SPEED_DISC = Disable: EN_SPEED_DISC = Enable
INDEFINITE or FAST SLOW
Maximum time to reach MIN_DWELL_TIME
=L_MIN_DWELL_TIME
C_DWELL MIN_DWELL_TIMEC_DWELL
MIN_DWELL_TIME is in seconds, whereas C_DWELL is in SACCH. This is the reason why MIN_DWELL_TIME is multiplied by 2.
1 SACCH = 480ms (approx. 0.5s)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 120
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 120
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 14: Speed Discrimination [cont.]
Traffic regulation through the variation of MIN_DWELL_TIME
Default valuesdependent onthe number of TRXs
H_LOAD_OBJ
L_LOAD_OBJ
AV_Load umbrella
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME20 s
DWELL_TIME_STEP2 s
L_MIN_DWELL_TIME8 s
Start of daylow traffic
End of daylow traffic
End of BHdecreasing traffic
What are the values of MIN_DWELL_TIME during the day ?
Summary of parameters that controls the speed discrimination in the umbrella cells:
H_MIN_DWELL_TIME, L_MIN_DWELL_TIME, DWELL_TIME_STEP, H_LOAD_OBJ, L_LOAD_OBJ
If AV_Load > H_LOAD_OBJ
MIN_DWELL_TIME = MIN_DWELL_TIME – DWELL_TIME_STEP (as long as higher than L min dwell time)
If AV_Load < L_LOAD_OBJ
MIN_DWELL_TIME = MIN_DWELL_TIME + DWELL_TIME_STEP (as long as smaller than H min dwell time)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 121
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 121
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 24: General Capture
Capture Handover Improved in B7 (anti ping-pong)
Can be used to capture traffic by any cell, whatever its type, band, etc.
YES
NO
MS in inner zone of a multiband cell
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = ENABLEOr CELL_BAND_TYPE(n) CELL_BAND_TYPE(0)
Preferred band
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = ENABLEOr CELL_BAND_TYPE(n) = PREFERRED_BAND
Preferred band
Not preferred band
Not preferred band
Serving cellBand Type
Any cell
Any cell
Possible Neighbours
The target cell can not be the serving cell
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 122
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 122
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 24: General Capture [cont.]
In order to keep dual band MS in the preferred band, cause 24 is not checked when EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = DISABLED, from preferred cell to classical cell.
EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLEDCELL_BAND_TYPE = CELL_BAND_TYPE(0)
EN_BI-BAND_MS = DISABLEDCELL_BAND_TYPE Preferred_band
CELL_BAND_TYPE Preferred_band
CELL_BAND_TYPE = Preferred_band
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 123
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 123
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 24: General Capture [cont.]
CAUSE 24: general capture
Size of window for averaging level: A_PBGT_HO CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION can take 3 values: ANY_LOAD (default),
HIGH, NOT_LOW Anti ping-pong: not checked when T_INHIBIT_CPT is running
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) + max (0, [MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P])
and Traffic_load(0) = CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
and Traffic_load(n) HIGH
and EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO = ENABLED
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) + max (0, [MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P])
and Traffic_load(0) = CAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
and Traffic_load(n) HIGH
and EN_GENERAL_CAPTURE_HO = ENABLED
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 124
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 124
Input settings for the next slide EN_MCHO_NCELL(source) = ENABLED L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(source, target) = -85 dBm
Is cause 14 triggered in each of the following cases ? See next slide
Time allowed: 5 minutes
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 125
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 125
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise [cont.]
FastIndefiniteSlowSlowSlowSlowSlowSlowMS Speed
DisableEnableDisableDisableDisableDisableEnableEnableEn BibandMS
-80 dBm
1800
Mini
-90 dBm
Outer
900
Multiband Umbrella
Case 5
-80 dBm
1800
Mini
-90 dBm
Inner
900
Multiband Umbrella
Case 6
-70 dBm
900
Indoor
-60 dBm
---
900
Micro
Case 7
Cause 14 ?
-80 dBm-80 dBm-80 dBm-80 dBm-84 dBmRx_Lev(n)
18009001800900900Band
IndoorMiniMiniMicroMicroType
Target
-90 dBm-90 dBm-90 dBm-60 dBm-84 dBmRx_Lev(0)
---------------Zone
9001800900900900Band
MiniUmbrellaUmbrellaUmbrellaSingleType
Source
Case 8Case 4Case 3Case 2Case 1Inputs
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 126
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 126
Speed discrimination
What is the role of parameter EN_SPEED_DISC?
If EN_SPEED_DISC is disabled, can slow MSs in Umbrellas be captured with cause (14) towardsMini/Micro/Indoor?
What is the difference between EN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLED and EN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLED when L_LOAD_OBJ = 0% and H_LOAD_OBJ = 100%?
Time allowed: 5 minutes
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise [cont.]
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 127
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 127
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 21: Preferred Band
Capture handover Improved in B7 (anti ping-pong) Send traffic in preferred cells, even though the
call is fine in classical cells
May be triggered From Classical band cells Towards Preferred Band cells
Note : It can be triggered between different layers or not
Cell
Cell
Cell 1800
900
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 128
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 128
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Cause 21: Preferred Band [cont.]
Cause 21: high level in the neighboring cell in the preferred band
Averaging window: A_PBGT_HO MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION can take 3 values: ANY_LOAD (default),
HIGH, NOT_LOW Anti ping-pong: not checked when T_INHIBIT_CPT is running
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
and TRAFFIC_LOAD(0) = MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
and TRAFFIC_LOAD(n) ≠ HIGH
and EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO = ENABLE
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
and TRAFFIC_LOAD(0) = MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
and TRAFFIC_LOAD(n) ≠ HIGH
and EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO = ENABLE
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 129
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 129
Use of cause 21 or 14? Considering the following network
Which cause has to be used for capture? 14 or 21?
Highlight one complexity linked to causes 14 and 21 interworking when using traffic discrimination
Time allowed: 5 minutes
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise
Umbrella 900
Mini 1800
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 130
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 130
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Capture handovers
Tuning of L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n)
Recommended range of investigation: from -65dBm to -85dBm Propose a method to define the initial setting
Propose a method to tune this value
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 131
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 131
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Capture handovers [cont.]
Tuning of MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION andCAPTURE_TRAFFIC_CONDITION
Recommended setting: ANY_LOAD
If HIGH or NOT_LOW: Capture to the preferred cell is limited to the loaded hours This choice is sensible: during unloaded hours, the non-preferred cells
provide a good coverage, with little interference.
The following parameters will impact the computation of traffic_load : Avg windows: TCH_INFO_PERIOD, A_TRAFFIC_LOAD, N_TRAFFIC_LOAD Thresholds: LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD, IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD,
HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 132
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 132
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Capture handovers [cont.]
Inhibition of capture handovers
Cell B
Cell A
Cell C
1
3 1
2
3
During T_INHIBIT_CPT_HO, a capture HO towards cell B is inhibited for this call.
The MS experiences a poor RXQUAL, and a HO due to quality is triggered (causes 2, 4 or 7)
A capture HO to another cell is notpossible during this time
2
QUA
L HO
T_INHIBIT_CPT_HOCP
T HO
CPT H
ORefer to comments for further details
In this example, T_INHIBIT_CPT_HO is started only if either:
Cell A is UPPER or SINGLE and Cell B is LOWER or INDOOR,
or Cell A is LOWER and Cell B is INDOOR,
or Cell A is in a different frequency band than Cell B
Note : The cause 24 between two cells with same frequency band and same layer cannot be inhibited !!
A "handover due to quality" can be :
Cause 2, 4 or 7: ULQ, DLQ or Bad SACCH
OR external HO with A interface cause Uplink Quality or Downlink Quality
Generally the T_INHIBIT_CPT is set to a high value, such as 60s.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 133
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 133
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise
Input settings for the next slide EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO(0) = ENABLED L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(0,n) = -85 dBm MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION = NOT_LOW
Is cause 21 triggered in each of the following cases ? See next slide
Time allowed:
10 minutes
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 134
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 134
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise [cont.]
HIGHINDLOWINDINDLOWINDINDTraffic(n)
HIGHLOWHIGHINDINDHIGHINDINDTraffic(0)
-80 dBm
1800
Single
-84 dBm
Inner
900
MultibandUpper
Case 5
-80 dBm
900
MultibandUpper
-90 dBm
Outer
900
MultibandUpper
Case 6
-70 dBm
1800
Single
-80 dBm
---
900
Single
Case 7
Cause 21 ?
-70 dBm-80 dBm-86 dBm-80 dBm-84 dBmRx_Lev(n)
18001800180018001800Band
SingleSingleMiniSingleSingleType
Target
-80 dBm-84 dBm-95 dBm-60 dBm-84 dBmRx_Lev(0)
---Outer---------Zone
900900900900900Band
SingleMultiband
SingleSingleMicroSingleType
Source
Case 8Case 4Case 3Case 2Case 1Inputs
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 135
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 135
8 Better Conditions Handover Algorithms for MBML Networks
Exercise [cont.]
In a multiband network, How can you ensure capture will be performed from
900 cell towards 1800 cell, until 80% traffic load is achieved in the 1800 cell ? Parameters ? Settings ?
Once this load is exceeded, What happens ? Will the 1800 cell accept more traffic ? What are the other possibilities of incoming traffic ?
Time allowed:
10 minutes
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 136
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 136
9 Multiband Cells
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 137
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 137
9 Multiband Cells
Introduction
When changing a cell from "normal" to "concentric", 3 more handovers are available !
Those are only INTRA-CELL handovers Cause 13 : entry in inner zone, from outer zone Causes 10 & 11 : exit to outer zone, from inner zone
Cell A
inner
outer
cause 13
cause 10/11
The activation of causes 10 and 11 is automatic, as soon as a cell type is defined as "CONCENTRIC"
The activation of cause 13 is controlled by EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO.
The parameters HO_INTRACELL_ALLOWED and EN_INTRACELL_REPEATED have no impact on those handovers, they are used only for causes 15 & 16 (interference) and 25 & 26 (AMR).
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 138
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 138
9 Multiband Cells
Introduction [cont.]
Setting these 3 handover causes is simple1. Work with downlink thresholds first2. Propose an entry treshold, i.e. -75dBm MS enters in the inner zone only if the expected received level in the
inner zone is above -75dBm3. Propose an exit threshold, i.e. -83dBm MS exits the inner zone if the received level is less than -83dBm
Cell A
inner
outer
-75dBm
-83dBm
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 139
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 139
9 Multiband Cells
Introduction [cont.]
4. Compute the entry threshold as measured from the outer zone Due to 10dB propagation loss, it should be -65dBm
5. Compute the difference between the entry threshold from outer zone (-65dBm) the exit threshold (-83dBm)
Cell A
inner
outer
-75dBm
-83dBm
-65dBm
18dB
Only these two values are needed in order to tune a concentric cell
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 140
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 140
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 10: Low uplink level in inner zone
CAUSE 10: too low level on the uplink in inner zone
Averaging window: A_LEV_HO
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < RXLEV_UL_ZONE
and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO < RXLEV_UL_ZONE
and MS_TXPWR = min (P, MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 141
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 141
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 11: Low downlink level in inner zone
CAUSE 11: too low level on the downlink in inner zone
Averaging window: A_LEV_HO
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO < RXLEV_DL_ZONE
and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO < RXLEV_DL_ZONE
and BS_TXPWR = BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 142
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 142
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone
CAUSE 13: too high level on the UL and the DL in the outer zone
Averaging windows: A_LEV_HOand A_PBGT_HO (for AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS)
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL+ (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)+ PING_PONG_MARGIN(0, call_ref)
And AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_UL+ (MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
+ PING_PONG_MARGIN(0, call_ref)
And AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n) ≤ NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE
AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL+ (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)+ PING_PONG_MARGIN(0, call_ref)
And AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_UL+ (MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
+ PING_PONG_MARGIN(0, call_ref)
And AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n) ≤ NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 143
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 143
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL and ZONE_HO_HYST_UL
Differences between "entry threshold" and "exit threshold" They must be greater than the propagation loss, by at least a certain
hysteresis
There are 3dB difference between UL and DL, due to the value "MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER" = 3dB
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL = 12dB … 16dB
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL = 9dB … 13dB
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL = 12dB … 16dB
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL = 9dB … 13dB
Recommended valuesRecommended values
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 144
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 144
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]
PING_PONG_MARGIN(0,call_ref) = penalty of PING_PONG_HCP during T_HCP only if
MS is coming from the inner zone to the outer zone with an interzonehandover
In all other cases, PING_PONG_MARGIN(0,call_ref) = 0
MS in the 1800 inner zone of a cell can perform an emergency "intercell" HO towards the outer zone. In this case, the penalty is not applied.
innerouter
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 145
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 145
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) Avoid sending a MS in the inner zone if a neighbour cell is too strong Tuning depends on frequency planning By default, NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) = -47dBm
When inner zone frequency planning is very tight (i.e. reuse cluster = 3)
In this example, the inner zone of cell C_3 can be interfered locally by the inner zone of cell B_2C_2 by E_3…
Therefore, to avoid degraded situations:NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(C_3, B_2) = -70dBmNEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(C_2, E_3) = -70dBm…
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
Practically, an inner zone reuse cluster between 4 and 7 is more realistc. With a large reuse cluster, this parameter is not useful anymore.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 146
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 146
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]
EN_CAUSE_13: Traffic Load balancing MS will not be sent in the inner zone if the inner zone is more loaded than
the outer zone Depends on EN_LOAD_BALANCE & current load in each zone
EN_LOAD_BALANCE = ENABLE Outer zone more loaded (Load_sample_inner ≤ Load_sample_outer) EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE Inner zone more loaded (Load_sample_inner > Load_sample_outer) EN_CAUSE_13 = DISABLE
EN_LOAD_BALANCE = DISABLE EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE
LOAD_SAMPLE_INNER: Ratio of TCH occupancy in the inner zone:
LOAD_SAMPLE_INNER = (NB_USED_TS_INNER / NB_TS_INNER) * 100
LOAD_SAMPLE_OUTER: Ratio of TCH occupancy in the outer zone:
LOAD_SAMPLE_OUTER = (NB_USED_TS_OUTER / NB_TS_OUTER) * 100
A load sample is computed every TCH_INFO_PERDIO (= 5s.), it is an actual snapshot of the load of the cell.
The reactivity of this condition is very fast.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 147
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 147
9 Multiband Cells
Cause 13: High UL & DL level in outer zone [cont.]
RXLEV_UL_ZONE : Uplink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. From -110dBm to -47dBm. [-86 dBm]
RXLEV_DL_ZONE : Downlink level threshold for inner to outer zone handover. From -110dBm to -47dBm. [-76 dBm]
ZONE_HO_HYST_UL: Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_DL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. From -40dB to +40dB. [13 dB]
ZONE_HO_HYS_DL: Hysteresis applied to RXLEV_UL_ZONE for outer to inner zone handover. From -40dB to +40dB. [16 dB]
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER: MS maximum allowed transmission power in the inner zone of a concentric or multiband cell. From 5dBm to 43dBm. [30 or 33 dB]
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER) : This parameter defines the power reduction relative to the maximum GMSK output power of the TRX of the inner zone in a concentric or multi-band cell. From -30dB to 0dB. [0dB]
NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n) : Threshold of maximum received level from the neighbour cells for cause 13. From -110dBm to -47dBm. [-47dBm]
RXLEV_UL_ZONE and RXLEV_DL_ZONE are usually separated by 10dB, because (if path balance = 0)
UL_RXLEV = DL_RXLEV – 10dB
ie: MS receives a DL signal at -80dBm => BTS receives an UL signal at -90dBm
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 148
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 148
9 Multiband Cells
Call Setup
1. Radio Link Establishment Phase2. SDCCH Phase3. TCH Assignment Phase
In which zone will the TCH be allocated?
The TCH is allocated in the inner zone if : UL and DL RxLev in outer zone are satisfying BSC can allocate a TCH in inner zone MS is multiband
Otherwise, TCH is allocated in the outer zone
INNEROUTER
??
The cell's RXLEV is the one being measured by the MS while performing SDCCH phase and TCH Assignment phase. Therefore, it is measuring only the outer zone RXLEV !!
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 149
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 149
9 Multiband Cells
Call Setup [cont.]
The choice of inner or outer TCH is based on :
IF
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_UL+ (MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
And AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYS_DL+ (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
And AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n) ≤ NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE
THEN : The TCH is allocated in the INNER zone
ELSE : The TCH is allocated in the OUTER zone
IF
AV_RXLEV_UL_HO > RXLEV_UL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_UL+ (MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
And AV_RXLEV_DL_HO > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYS_DL+ (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
And AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n) ≤ NEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)
And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE
THEN : The TCH is allocated in the INNER zone
ELSE : The TCH is allocated in the OUTER zone
MS_TXPWR - MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 33 – 30 = 3dB
To take into account the limitation of MS POWER at 30dBm in UL in the inner zone.
Averaging Windows : A_LEV_HO for AV_RXLEV_UL_HO , AV_RXLEV_DL_HO
A_PBGT_HO(n) for AV_RXLEV_NCELL_BIS(n)
If less measurements done than the averaging windows, the averaging is done on the available measurements (no filling up with "-110dBm"). It allows a fast decision (the MS is not in the queue ! The call setup shall be performed as quickly as possible)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 150
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 150
9 Multiband Cells
Outgoing intercell HO
What are the possible outgoing handovers from the inner zone ? Emergency ? Better conditions ?
Only 2 parameters have an influence EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(0)
innerouter
GSM900
DCS1800
serving cell innerouter
YESYES
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO : Enable/disable the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands
Recommended value: Enable
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) : Enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred-band into a classical band cell, in cause 14 and cause 24
Recommended value: Enable
From inner zone of a multiband cell, if both parameters are set to enable, all outgoing HO's are possible
If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Disable, cause 12 only possible to other multiband concentric cells (very restrictive !)
If EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = Disable, cause 14 and cause 24 only possible towards cells with same frequency band asthe inner zone (i.e. DCS1800 cells)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 151
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 151
9 Multiband Cells
HO Cause 12
If the MS in inner zone of a concentric cell, the PBGT equation is modified :
PBGT(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO
- (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER – AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)
- (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) – MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
- PING_PONG_MARGIN(n, call_ref)
PBGT(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_HO
- (BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER – AV_BS_TXPWR_HO)
- (MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) – MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
- PING_PONG_MARGIN(n, call_ref)
9001800 900 1800Cell 1 Cell 2
RxLev on TCH = -79dBm RxLev of BCCH = -70dBm
The parameter HO_MARGIN(cell 1, cell 2) is set to 5 dB
If RxLev(cell 2) = -70 dBm, PBGT(cell 2) = +6 dB
Cause 12 is triggered, the MS is sent in the outer zone of cell 2, with RxLev(cell 2) = -70 dBm.Let's assume that the "outerinner" HO is triggered: the MS enters the inner zone of cell 2.
The received level of cell 1 is NOT -79 dBm (this was the level of the inner TCH).
Field results show that a 900 BCCH will be received roughly at -79+10=-69 dBm.
The received level of cell 2 is NOT -70dBm (that was the RXLEV of the outer zone). In the inner zone, the RXLEV = -70dBm – 10dBm = -80dBm.
PBGT(cell 1) = (-69+80)-3 = +8dB PBGT HO is triggered from cell 2 to cell 1!!
In fact, cause 12 HO cell 1 cell 2 should NOT have been triggered in the first place.
A solution is to be found in tuning OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER used in cause 12 equation. See next slide.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 152
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 152
9 Multiband Cells
HO Cause 12 [cont.]
What is happening in this situation ? How to fix the problem ?
HO_MARGIN(1,2) = 5dB and HO_MARGIN(2,1) = 5dB OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER= 0dB Inner zone entry threshold DL = -70dBm
9001800 900 1800Cell 1Serving
Cell 2Target
RxLev on TCH = -75 dBm RxLev of BCCH = -66 dBm
10 minutes
Inner zone entry threshold DL is a combination of 2 parameters :
RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL
(cf. § HO cause 13)
To fix the problem : find the OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER that would lead to leave the inner zone only for a neighbour that is 5dB greater than the outer zone. This tends to reproduce a standard behaviour.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 153
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 153
9 Multiband Cells
HO Cause 12 [cont.]
If the MS in inner zone of a concentric cell :
HO cause 12 is detected if :
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is used to compensate the difference of propagation between inner and outer zones (carrying BCCH)OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 0dB [monoband concentric cell]OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 7 … 12dB [multiband concentric cell, with
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 0]
Warning : The OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is used regardless of the frequency band of the target cell !
PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNERPBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN(0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
In monoband CC cells, it is most of the time compensated by MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER
If BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER is reduced compared to BS_TXPWR_MAX, MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER may be reduced in the same manner. Therefore the PBGT equation is already taken the compensation into account. No need for the OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 154
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 154
9 Multiband Cells
Incoming intercell HO
Is an incoming handover directly to the inner zone possible ? Emergency ? Better conditions ?
innerouter
GSM900
DCS1800
target cellinner
outer
YESYES
EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO : Enable/disable the power budget handovers Cause 12 and the traffic handovers Cause 23 between cells belonging to different frequency bands
EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) : Enables/disables the incoming handovers of bi-band MSs from the preferred-band into a classical band cell, in cause 14 and cause 24
Towards inner zone of a multiband cell, if both parameters are set to enable, all incoming HO's are possible
If EN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO = Disable, cause 12 only possible from other multiband concentric cells or from cells with same BCCH freq band as the MB cell (i.e. GSM900)
If EN_BI-BAND_MS(n) = Disable, cause 14 and cause 24 only possible from cells with different BCCH freq band as the MB cell (i.e. DCS1800)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 155
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 155
9 Multiband Cells
Incoming intercell HO [cont.]
It can be done if TCH available in the inner zone MS is dual-band Serving cell is internal (same BSC) The following conditions are verified:
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL + (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
And EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO = ENABLE
And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE
AV_RXLEV_NCELL(n) > RXLEV_DL_ZONE + ZONE_HO_HYST_DL + (BS_TXPWR - BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER)
And EN_BETTER_ZONE_HO = ENABLE
And EN_CAUSE_13 = ENABLE
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 156
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 156
9 Multiband Cells
Intracell Handovers
Interference: Causes 15 & 16 MS in the inner zone, all TRX's are candidate MS in the outer zone, only outer TRX's are candidate Note: the serving TRX can never be a candidate
For other intracell handovers, the MS will stay in the same zone as before (TFO, AMR, return to CS zone)
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 157
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 157
9 Multiband Cells
Limitations
Power Control Same target levels are used for the inner zone and the outer zone, based on:
L_RXLEV_DL_P & U_RXLEV_DL_P (resp. UL) L_RXQUAL_DL_P & U_RXQUAL_DL_P (resp. UL) A_LEV_PC, A_QUAL_PC
Packet Switched service and Voice Group Call service PDCH or VGCH timeslots can be allocated only in the outer zone
Preemption of a MS in the inner zone is not possible
External handovers are always sent in the outer zone of the target cell
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 158
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 158
9 Multiband Cells
Additional Features
Multiband cell secured TCH assignment [B8 MR7] Subsequent TCH allocation in outer zone, if previous attempt in the inner
zone failed Improved CSSR (TCH assignment failure due to radio is reduced)
EN_LOAD_OUTER ENABLE [default]: all load computations (short, medium and long terms) are
based on the outer zone load only DISABLE: all load computations are based on the overall amount of timeslots
(inner + outer) Default: Enable, in order to compute the correct load for (E)GPRS PDCH
allocation
Subsequent allocation of outer TCH is failure during assignment of an inner zone TCH :
RTCH_assign_fail_radio = MC746b 1/ incremented when a failure in inner zone isfollowed by subsequent failure in outer zone2/ not incremented when failure in inner zone is followed by success in outer zone
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 159
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 159
Cumulated traffic per RxLevel
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
[-110,-104]
]-104,-97] ]-97,-91] ]-91,-85] ]-85,-79] ]-79,-72] ]-72,-66] ]-66,-60] ]-60,-53] ]-53,-47]
RxLevel ( dBm )
Cumulated trafficdistribution
9 Multiband Cells
Exercise
Accordingly to this RMS report (monoband cell), find the initial settings for the planned urban multiband cell 3 TRX in outer zone 2 TRX in inner zone
-67dBm
OUTER
INNER
Cumulated traffic per RxLevel
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
[-110,-104]
]-104,-97] ]-97,-91] ]-91,-85] ]-85,-79] ]-79,-72] ]-72,-66] ]-66,-60] ]-60,-53] ]-53,-47]
RxLevel ( dBm )
Cumulated trafficdistribution
Additional inputs : In our urban environment, for 5 TRX, 4 SDCCH timeslots are needed.
The Erlang B law gives, at 2% blocking rate:
22 TCH ≈ 14.9 erlangs
21 TCH ≈ 14.0 erlangs
20 TCH ≈ 13.2 erlangs
19 TCH ≈ 12.3 erlangs
18 TCH ≈ 11.5 erlangs
17 TCH ≈ 10.6 erlangs
16 TCH ≈ 9.8 erlangs
15 TCH ≈ 9.0 erlangs
14 TCH ≈ 8.2 erlangs
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 160
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 160
9 Multiband Cells
Exercise [cont.]
Multi-band cells parameters tuning
An important parameter to be tuned in a multi-band cell is OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER Takes into account the propagation difference between 900 and 1800 Proposed values between 7dB to 12dB
Using all available optimization tools (RNO, drive-tests, traces, …), propose a method for tuning accurately this parameter
9001800
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 161
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 161
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 162
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 162
As soon as an intercell HO alarm has been detected
HO Detection sends to Candidate Cell Evaluation the list of potential candidates (it depends on type of handover cause)
the HO cause value
the preferred layer for the target cell indicated by the variable PREF_LAYER (it depends on the cell network architecture and on the operator strategy)
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
From HO Detection to Candidate Cell Evaluation
CandidateCell
Evaluation
Handover
Detection
Raw cell list
cell 1: cause C1cell 2: cause C2cell 3: cause C3…
Max 32 cells
PREF_LAYER
BSCBSC
For intracell handovers, the only target cell is the serving cell the raw cell list and the candidate cell evaluation processes are skipped.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 163
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 163
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER
Standard cell environment
CELL_LAYER_TYPE = SINGLE
Better condition HO cause
Emergency HO cause
* if the MS is in the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell then it includes the serving cell
upper + singlePREF_LAYER
subset of cells verifying the current HO causeRaw cell list
upper + singlePREF_LAYER
all neighboring cells*Raw cell list
*: Serving cell is located at the end of the list, with the indication "OUTER"
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 164
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 164
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER [cont.]
Hierarchical cell environment
CELL_LAYER_TYPE = UPPER
Better condition HO cause
Emergency HO cause
* if the MS is in the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell then it includes the serving cell
nonePREF_LAYER
subset of cells verifying the current HO causeRaw cell list
upper + singlePREF_LAYER
all neighboring cells*Raw cell list
*: Serving cell is located at the end of the list, with the indication "OUTER"
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 165
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 165
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER [cont.]
CELL_LAYER_TYPE = LOWER or INDOOR
Better condition HO cause
Emergency HO cause
* if the MS is in the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell then it includes the serving cell
noneUpperPREF_LAYER
Subset of cells verifying the HO cause
Subset of cells verifying the HO cause plus all neighboring umbrella cells with Traffic_Load(n) = LOWRaw cell list
MS_SPEED <> FAST orHO Cause <> 12
MS_SPEED = FAST andThere is a cell in the list because of cause 12
noneLower + indoorUpper + SinglePREF_LAYER
All neighboring cells * except umbrella cells which do not verify AV_Rxlev_Ncell(n) > OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)Raw cell list
EN_RESCUE_UM = indefiniteEN_RESCUE_UM = DISABLEDEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED
*: Serving cell is located at the end of the list, with the indication "OUTER"
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 166
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 166
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Raw Cell List and PREF_LAYER [cont.]
Emergency handovers from lower or indoor layers
Standard parameter settings for minicells EN_RESCUE_UM = DISABLED Because a LOWER/INDOOR layer composed of MINI cells should offer good
coverage
Standard parameter settings for microcells EN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED Because a LOWER/INDOOR layer composed of MICRO cells might not offer
continuous coverage Risk of choosing a neighbor cell from LOWER/INDOOR layer with poor coverage
Depending on your network planning, these standard parameters can be further optimized.
EN_RESCUE_UM shall be set in the mini, micro or indoor cells. It cannot be set in umbrellas or single cells, because it has no use in those cells.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 167
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 167
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Summary
Fill up this table
IndoorIndoor
Nonesubset of cells verifying the HO causes
Depends on EN_RESCUE_UM
All, except umbrellas with AV_Rxlev_Ncell(n) <
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(0,n)
LowerMini/Micro
Nonesubset of cells verifying the HO causes
Upper + SingleAllUpperUmbrella
Upper + Singlesubset of cells verifying the HO causes
Upper + SingleAllSingleSingle
PREF_LAYERRaw cell listPREF_LAYERRaw cell list
BC HO(incl. FDR and Fast Traffic HO)
EM HO
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 168
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 168
HO Candidate Cells Evaluation
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Evaluation Process
HO Detection
Cause 2: uplink qualityCause 3: uplink levelCause 4: downlink qualityCause 5: downlink levelCause 6: distanceCause 12: power budget
Performed every SACCH
MeasurementPreprocessing
A_LEV_HOA_QUAL_HOA_PBGT_HOA_RANGE_HO
Performed every SACCH
Maxevery SACCH
Preprocessmeasurement
Measurementresult
Grade
Priority (0, n) = 0Cell 4: cause C2Cell 2: cause C2Cell 3: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 1Priority (0, n) = 2Priority (0, n) = 3
Cell 6: cause C2Cell 8: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 4Priority (0, n) = 5
Order
Priority (0, n) = 0Cell 4: cause C2Cell 3: cause C2Cell 2: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 1Priority (0, n) = 2Priority (0, n) = 3
Cell 6: cause C2Cell 8: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 4Priority (0, n) = 5
Cell evaluation process (Order or Grade)
Priority (0, n) = 0Cell 2: cause C2Cell 3: cause C2Cell 4: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 1Priority (0, n) = 2Priority (0, n) = 3
Cell 6: cause C2Cell 8: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 4Priority (0, n) = 5
PBGT filteringHO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)
Pre-ranking
Priority (0, n) = 0Cell 2: cause C2Cell 3: cause C2Cell 4: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 1Cell 1: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 2Priority (0, n) = 3
Cell 5: cause C2Cell 6: cause C2Cell 7: cause C2Cell 8: cause C2
Priority (0, n) = 4Priority (0, n) = 5
Raw cell list
Cell 1: cause C2Cell 2: cause C2Cell 3: cause C2Cell 4: cause C2Cell 5: cause C2Cell 6: cause C2Cell 7: cause C2Cell 8: cause C2... max 32 cells
The HO candidate evaluation process is run after all intercell handover alarms.
In case of intra-cell handover alarm (HO causes 10, 11, 13, 15, 16), the candidate cell evaluation process is skipped: the target cell is the serving cell.
The handover detection gives as indication the raw cell list (built from the book-keeping list) and the preferred layer for the handover.In case of emergency handover alarms or cause 20 alarm, the cell evaluation will order the cells given in the raw list, putting in the first position the cells belonging to the preferred layer, having the highest priority (if EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING=ENABLED) and/or having the same frequency band type as the serving cell. In case of an intercell handover alarm, if the serving cell belongs to the raw cell list (emergency handover from the DCS 1800 inner zone of a multi-band cell), this cell is put at the end of the candidate cell list with the MS zone indication OUTER.
In case of better condition handover alarms (except cause 20), the cell evaluation will order the cells given in the raw list, putting in the first position the cells belonging to the preferred layer and having the highest priority (if EN_PRIORITY_ORDERING=ENABLED).
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 169
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 169
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Evaluation Process [cont.]
Raw cell list
Cell 1Cell 2Cell 3Cell 4Cell 5Cell 6Cell 7Cell 8
Case of MS in "MINI" cell, HO cause 2 detected :Layer Type Priority Band Type Power Budget Filtering Cell Evaluation Process
Preferred Layer
Non Preferred Layer
Priority(0,n) = 0
= Serving Cell
≠ Serving Cell
Priority(0,n) = 1
= Serving Cell
≠ Serving Cell
Priority(0,n) = 0
= Serving Cell
≠ Serving Cell
List 1
List 2
List 3
List 4
List 5
List 6
List 1
List 2
List 3
List 4
List 5
List 6
Cell 1Cell 2Cell 3Cell 4Cell 5Cell 6Cell 7Cell 8
Cell 1
Cell 4Cell 5Cell 6
Cell 7Cell 1
Cell 4Cell 5Cell 6Cell 7
Cell 2Cell 3
Cell 8
Cell 4Cell 5Cell 7
Cell 1Cell 6
Cell 2Cell 3
Cell 8
NONE
Cell 4Cell 5Cell 7
Cell 1
Cell 6
Cell 2
Cell 3Cell 8
Cell 1
Cell 4Cell 5Cell 7
1. Cell 1
1. Cell 72. Cell 43. Cell 5
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 170
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 170
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Pre-Ranking in Complex Networks [cont.]
Pre-ranking in case of emergency HO, plus cause 20 and 28 :
Cell_layer_type = Pref_layer
Cell_layer_type Pref_layer
Raw cell list
Cell_band_type = serving cell
Cell_band_type serving cell
Priority(0,n) = 0
Priority(0,n) = 1
Priority(0,n) = 5
Priority(0,n) = 0
Priority(0,n) = 1
Priority(0,n) = 5
Cause 20 : Forced Directed Retry
Cause 28 : Fast Traffic Handover
Note : if the serving cell "Outer" is in the list (= MS in inner zone), then it is always located after the last sublist.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 171
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 171
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Pre-Ranking in Complex Networks [cont.]
Pre-ranking in case of better condition HO:
Cell_layer_type = Pref_layer
Cell_layer_type Pref_layer
Raw cell list
Priority(0,n) = 0
Priority(0,n) = 1
Priority(0,n) = 5
Priority(0,n) = 0
Priority(0,n) = 1
Priority(0,n) = 5
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 172
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 172
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Pre-Ranking in Standard Networks
With PRIORITY(0,n) settings One target cell can be favourized or penalized. From 0 (max) to 5 (min). It cannot supersede PREF_LAYER.
Two main purposes: Favour 1800 cells, when exiting 900 cells. Direct traffic flow towards a certain neighbour.
Safety belt: Favourite target would still be filtered out if its level is not good enough.
Serving cellCandidate cell 1: RxLev: - 70 dBm, pbgt: + 10 dB
Candidate cell 2: Rxlev: - 90 dBm, PBGT: + 5dB
P0
P1
PRIORITY(0,n) can take 6 different values since B7, to take into account new indoor layers.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 173
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 173
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
PBGT Filtering
PBGT filtering [B5 onwards] Enabled with EN_PBGT_FILTERING For Emergency HO and Fast Traffic HO only Filter out cells from the target list that do not fulfill:
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is only applied when the MS is in the inner zone of a concentric or multi band cell
The average window is A_PBGT_HO
PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_QUAL (0,n) for causes 2, 4, 7or PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_LEV (0,n) for causes 3, 5, 17, 18, 28or PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_DIST (0,n) for cause 6
PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_QUAL (0,n) for causes 2, 4, 7or PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_LEV (0,n) for causes 3, 5, 17, 18, 28or PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_DIST (0,n) for cause 6
PBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_XX (0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNERPBGT(n) > HO_MARGIN_XX (0,n) + OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
HO_MARGIN_xx, with xx = LEV, DIST or QUAL accordingly to the HO Cause.
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER is not applied to the serving cell when it is in the target cell list.
Note: the average window used for this process is A_PBGT_HO (even for emergency handovers, where handover alarm could have been raised through A_LEV_HO or A_QUAL_HO samples).
Beware: HO_MARGIN is used for handover detection (cause 12 or 23), HO_MARGIN_xx are used for candidate cell evaluation.
Let us see three examples:
If HO_MARGIN_xx = 5 dB, risk that no target cell is found !
In that case, when an emergency handover is triggered (level, quality, distance, etc.), all neighboring cells are filtered regarding their PBGT compared to 5 dB! By the way, if a cell that is not greater than the serving one + 5 dB will be filtered out: this handover, detected as an emergency case, is in fact a better cell one.
If HO_MARGIN_xx = -30 dB, risk of ping-pong emergency handovers
For example, all cells have L_RXLEV_DL_H = -97dBm. If Lev(cell1)=-98dBm, HO can be triggered to cell2 with level -99dBm (-99>-98-30), and then, as -99<-97, HO is triggered back to cell1: ping-pong of emergency HO.
HO_MARGIN_xx can be used to simulate PBGT HO (for example, usage of distance HO to simulate 900-1800 PBGT HO before it was existing).
HO_MARGIN_DIST is very small (e.g., 2 on 1800). Thus, a Distance HO alarm is raised very early. If HO_MARGIN_DIST (1800,900)= 8 dB, no HO will be in fact triggered before the level of the 900 neighboring cell is greater than the one of
1800 + 8 dB: this distance HO is in fact a PBGT HO between bands.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 174
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 174
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
PBGT Filtering [cont.]
Recommended values
A neighbor cell with a lower RxLevcan be a good candidate, but there is a risk of PBGT HO back to the serving
cell.
A neighbor cell with a lower RxLevwill also trigger an emergency HO
A neighbor cell with a lower RxLevcan be a good candidate, but there is a risk of PBGT HO back to the serving
cell.
Strategy
-127dB if mandatory HO, with anti ping-pong mechanism (*) +2dB if optional HO (*)
+2dB … +5dB
MICRO/INDOOR : -127dB, with anti ping-pong mechanism Other cells : -5dB … +2dB
Proposed values
HO_MARGIN_DIST
HO_MARGIN_QUAL
HO_MARGIN_LEV
Parameter
Mandatory Distance HO : i.e. if the MS goes beyond the U_TIME_ADVANCE = 64, the call will drop.
Optional Distance HO : i.e. if the MS goes beyond the U_TIME_ADVANCE, the call can still be kept until a better neighbour is found.
Anti ping-pong mechanism : can be based on HO_MARGIN and/or T_INHIBIT_CPT.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 175
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 175
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Level Filtering
For all HO causes, this last filter is used:
Cell "n" is kept if:
AV_RXLEV_NCELL (n) > RXLEVmin (n)+ max [0;(MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)-P)]
AV_RXLEV_NCELL (n) > RXLEVmin (n)+ max [0;(MS_TXPWR_MAX(n)-P)]
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 176
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 176
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Order Evaluation
CELL_EV = ORDER For all HO causes, candidate "n" is ranked among others according to
the best ORDER:
If EN_LOAD_ORDER = ENABLED and cell n is internal to the BSC
LINK_FACTOR(0,n) is an operator parameter to give a bonus/penalty to a cell FREEfactor(0) and FREEfactor(n) are a bonus/penalty based on the absolute load
of the cell
If EN_LOAD_ORDER = DISABLED or cell n is external to the BSC
ORDER(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) - HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)ORDER(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) - HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)
ORDER(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) - HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)+ [ FREEfactor(n) - FREEfactor(0) ]
ORDER(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) - HO_MARGIN_XX(0,n)+ [ FREEfactor(n) - FREEfactor(0) ]
Two types of cell evaluation algorithms can be used: ORDER and GRADE.ORDER and GRADE are two different methods of cell ranking. They both consist in giving a mark or ’figure of merit’ to each candidate cell.The basic differences between ORDER and GRADE are that: with ORDER:
The candidate cell evaluation process interacts with the handover detection by use of cause dependent handover margins.
The candidate cell evaluation process takes into account the number of free TCH in the candidate cells. with GRADE,:
The candidate cell evaluation process does not interact with the handover detection. The candidate cell evaluation process takes into account the relative load of traffic channels in the
candidate cells.The type of cell evaluation is chosen by the operator on a (serving) cell basis and is provided to the BSC with the parameter CELL_EV
HO_MARGIN_XX = HO_MARGIN in case of better cell HO causes, otherwise HO_MARGIN_xx, with xx = LEV, DIST or QUAL accordingly to the HO Cause.
For any handover cause, the first cell in the list is taken as the target cell, i.e. the cell with the highest value of ORDER(n). The cells do not need to fulfil any other condition.If no cell fulfils the condition and the serving cell does not belong to the target cell list, the target cell list is empty and no further action is carried out.
Note: the A_PBGT_HO average window is used for this process.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 177
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 177
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Grade Evaluation
CELL_EV = GRADE [Recommended] For all HO causes, candidate "n" is ranked among others according to
the best GRADE:
If EN_LOAD_ORDER = ENABLED and cell n is internal to the BSC
LINK_FACTOR(0,n) is an operator parameter to give a bonus/penalty to a cell LOADfactor(n) is a bonus/penalty based on the relative load of the cell
If EN_LOAD_ORDER = DISABLED or cell n is external to the BSC
GRADE(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n)GRADE(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n)
GRADE(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) – LOAD_FACTOR(n)GRADE(n) = PBGT(n) + LINK_FACTOR(0,n) – LOAD_FACTOR(n)
LINKfactor(0,n) is a parameter set by OMC command for each cell(n).
LINKfactor(n1,n2) allows the operator to handicap or to favor the cell n1 with respect to its neighboring cell n2. In particular, it can be used to disadvantage an external cell when an internal cell is also a possible candidate.
For any handover cause the first cell in the list is taken as the target cell, i.e. the cell with the highest value of GRADE(n). If no cell fulfils the condition and the serving cell does not belong to the target cell list, the target cell list is empty and no further action is carried out.
Note: the A_PBGT_HO average window is used for this process.
Note: an example summarizing all steps of candidate cell evaluation, in case of a multi-band network, can be given here: MS on a 1800 cell, 3 possible neighboring cells (1*900 + 2*1800). P(1800,900)=1 and P(1800,1800)=0. All HO_MARGIN_xx = 0 dB. PBGT:
PBGT (900) = +5 (second cell seen in the book-keeping list)
PBGT (1800_1) = -2 (first cell seen in the book-keeping list)
PBGT (1800_2) = +2 (third cell seen in the book-keeping list)
Cell (1800_2) is chosen.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 178
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 178
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Forced Directed Retry is different !
Pre-ranking using PREF_LAYER, PRIORITY(0,n), frequency band
Filtering process AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) > RXLEVmin(n) + max(0,MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - P)
Number of free TCHs t(n) > FREElevel_DR(n)
The remaining cells are sorted according to their PBGT_DR(n) (averaging window A_PBGT_DR) PBGT_DR(n) = AV_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) - AV_RXLEV_PBGT_DR
(BS_TXPWR_MAX - BS_TXPWR)
(MS_TXPWR_MAX(n) - MS_TXPWR_MAX)
For external cells, t(n) is fixed to the arbitrary value t(n) = 255. Therefore, setting FREElevel_DR(n) to 255 for an external cell inhibits outgoing external fast traffic handover towards this cell. Setting FREElevel_DR(n) to anyother value will allow outgoing external fast traffic handover towards this cell.
If the BTS has dual rate capability, t(n) = absolute number of free Dual Rate TCH
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 179
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 179
PBGT DR Ordering
PBGT Filtering
Level Filtering
Order/Grade Evaluation
Free TS filtering
Same Freq Band
Priority
PREF_LAYER
FTHFDRBC HOEM HO
PBGT DR Ordering
PBGT Filtering
Level Filtering
Order/Grade Evaluation
Free TS filtering
Same Freq Band
Priority
PREF_LAYER
FTHFDRBC HOEM HO
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Summary
Fill up this table
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 180
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 180
In a hierarchical network (umbrella + micro cells) EN_SPEED_DISC is ENABLED A slow moving MS starts a call in lower layer After a while, this MS becomes a fast moving MS (for
example, a car starting at traffic light)
Explain the exact process that will send the MS towards the umbrella layer
Time allowed:
5 minutes
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 181
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 181
Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) = -2 dB PRORITY(0,n) = 1 LINK_FACTOR(0,n) = 0 dB
Time allowed:
5 minutes
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
1800900900Band
SlowMS speed
Best Target ?
-84 dBm-80 dBm-74 dBmRx_Lev(n)
DisabledEnabledDisabledEN_BI-BAND_MS
Single (3)Umbrella (2)Single (1)Type
Possible Target
-82 dBmRx_Lev(0)
YesEN_SPEED_DISC
1800Band
SingleType
Source
EN_LOAD_ORDER = Disabled.
EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Enabled.
RXLEVmin= -100 dBm.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 182
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 182
Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) = -2 dB PRORITY(0,n) = 1, LINK_FACTOR(0,n) = 0 dB
Time allowed:
5 minutes
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
-82 dBm
Disabled
1800
Single (3)
-75 dBm
Disabled
900
Micro (4)
-85 dBm
Disabled
1800
Micro (5)
900900900Band
SlowMS speed
Best Target ?
-80 dBm-80 dBm-74 dBmRx_Lev(n)
EnabledEnabledDisabledEN_BI-BAND_MS
Indoor (6)Umbrella (2)Single (1)Type
Possible Target
-76 dBmRx_Lev(0)
YesEN_SPEED_DISC
900Band
UmbrellaType
Source
EN_LOAD_ORDER = Disabled.
EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Enabled.
RXLEVmin= -100 dBm.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 183
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 183
Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n) = -2 dB PRORITY(0,n) = 1, LINK_FACTOR(0,n) = 0 dB EN_RESCUE_UM = Enabled
Time allowed:
5 minutes
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
-82 dBm
Disabled
1800
Single (3)
-75 dBm
Disabled
900
Micro (4)
-85 dBm
Disabled
1800
Micro (5)
900900900Band
SlowMS speed
Best Target ?
-80 dBm-80 dBm-84 dBmRx_Lev(n)
EnabledEnabledDisabledEN_BI-BAND_MS
Indoor (6)Umbrella (2)Single (1)Type
Possible Target
-68 dBmRx_Lev(0)
NoEN_SPEED_DISC
900Band
MicroType
Source
EN_LOAD_ORDER = Disabled.
EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Enabled.
RXLEVmin= -100 dBm.
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 184
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 184
Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell EN_PBGT_FILTERING=Enable HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)=-2dB CELL_EV=GRADE EN_LOAD_ORDER=Disable LINK_FACTOR(0,n)=0dB RXLEVmin=-100 dBm
-84 dBm
0
1800
Single (3)
-101 dBm
0
1800
Single (4)
1800900900Band
Best Target ?
-81 dBm-80 dBm-74 dBmRx_Lev(n)
000PRIORITY
Single (5)Umbrella(2)Single (1)Type
Possible Target
-82 dBmRx_Lev(0)
1800Band
SingleType
Source
10 minutes
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 185
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 185
Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell EN_PBGT_FILTERING=Enable HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)=-2dB CELL_EV=GRADE EN_LOAD_ORDER=Disable LINK_FACTOR(0,n)=0dB RXLEVmin=-100 dBm
10 minutes
-84 dBm
1
1800
Single (3)
-101 dBm
1
1800
Single (4)
1800900900Band
Best Target ?
-81 dBm-80 dBm-74 dBmRx_Lev(n)
100PRIORITY
Single (5)Umbrella(2)Single (1)Type
Possible Target
-82 dBmRx_Lev(0)
1800Band
SingleType
Source
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 186
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 186
Which is the best target cell? Emergency qual ho triggered in serving cell EN_PBGT_FILTERING=Enable HO_MARGIN_QUAL(0,n)=-2dB CELL_EV=GRADE EN_LOAD_ORDER=Disable LINK_FACTOR(0,n)=0dB RXLEVmin=-100 dBm OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 10 dB
10 minutes
900Band
-84 dBm
0
1800
Single (3)
-101 dBm
0
1800
Single (4)
1800900900Band
Best Target ?
-81 dBm-80 dBm-74 dBmRx_Lev(n)
000PRIORITY
Single (5)Umbrella(2)Single (1)Type
Possible Target
-82 dBmRx_Lev(0)
InnerZone
Single MultibandType
Source
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 187
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 187
10 Candidate Cell Evaluation
Exercise [cont.]
If a call is setup, what will happen next ? What changes can you propose ?
B : Single cell 900
HO_MARGIN(B,A) = 5dB
A : Concentric cell 900 (monoband)
BS_TXPWR_MAX = 0dB
BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = -10dB
MS_TXPWR_MAX_INNER = 33dBm
RXLEV_DL_ZONE = - 85dBm
ZONE_HO_HYST_DL/UL = 6dB
RXLEV_UL_ZONE = - 95dBm
HO_MARGIN(A,B) = 5dB
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER = 0dB
EN_LOAD_BALANCE = Enable
-- IDLE mode --RxLev(A) = -61dBm C2 = 39RxLev(B) = -65dBm C2 = 35
A
B13/19
8/16
used_ts / nb_ts
Describe the different possible steps, and refer to pages of this document describing the algorithms :
-------- At call setup ------------
SDCCH allocation, TCH allocation
-------- After call setup ------------
HO detection
** problem **
solution :
alternative solution :
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 188
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 188
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 · Module 2 · Page 189
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11167AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Algorithms and Associated Parameters 1 · 2 · 189
End of ModuleAlgorithms and Associated Parameters
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 1
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Module 3Creating a Multi-Layer Network
3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 2
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 3
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 3
Objectives
Define relevant parameters settings to introduce a new layer in an existing network
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 4
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 4
Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 5
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view! Page
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer 72 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic 263 Adding Indoor Microcells for Coverage 304 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network 32
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 6
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 7
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 7
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 8
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 8
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Introduction
The principle is to implement antennas below roof level confined propagation and low Tx power interferences avoidedeasier frequency planning
Benefits : Higher network capacity per sq. km The right capacity at the right place (Airport, shoping malls, etc.) Improve the outdoor coverage and the indoor coverage (at street level) Improve the voice quality, thanks to cleaner frequencies
0 100 m
Confined micro cell propagation
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 9
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 9
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Introduction [cont.]
Field Example: Busy Hour Traffic
20% of new traffic generation 50% of old macro traffic is handled by microcells
70.5
31.4
19.2
71
71.6 72
.5
76.8
72.3
29.1
17.9
71.1 78
95.9 95.1 98.494.6
100.7
41.736.4
94.398.4
117.9114 116.9
54.7
42.9
116.1112.5118.5
121.6121.6
60
45.9
115.1
124.5
70.6
68.6
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
8/9
9/9
10/9
11/9
12/9
13/9
14/9
15/9
16/9
17/9
18/9
19/9
20/9
21/9
22/9
23/9
24/9
25/9
26/9
27/9
28/9
29/9
30/9
Macrocells Microcells
Microlayer commercial opening
This example corresponds to the following network design:
Lower layer: 16 micro cells (37 TRXs)
11 outdoor micro cells with 2 TRXs
1 outdoor micro cell with 3 TRXs
2 indoor micro cells (pico cells) with 2 TRXs
2 indoor micro cells (pico cells) with 4 TRXs
Upper layer: 12 macro cells
umbrella macro cells are concentric (but not multi-band)
4 belong to the same BSS as the micro cells
8 belong to another BSS
All micro cells were declared as micro and not as indoor.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 10
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 10
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Introduction [cont.]
Keep a good QoS
Avoid call drops on microcells Specific emergency HO towards umbrella rescue cells
Avoid unnecessary handovers To ensure good QoS and speech quality Force idle mode in microcells to avoid subsequent capture Fast MSs are kept in the umbrella layer
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 11
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 11
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Architecture
Capture towards microcells, emergency towards umbrella
Capture HO is used to send slow MSs to the overlaid layer Capture HO (cause 14):
PBGT HO (cause 12):
Emergency HO (Level or Quality):
umbrella
micro micro micro
umbrella
micro
single UPPER/SINGLE
LOWER
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 12
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 12
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Strategy
Choose a handover to push traffic from these cells to the microlayer Cause 24 if all collocated cells and micro cells are all "Single" Cause 14 if collocated cells are Umbrella and micro cells are Micro
The exercise next slide will show the best solution
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 13
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 13
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Exercise
Case 1 : Strategy based on cause 24 Case 2 : Strategy based on cause 14
NORMAL CELLS
MICROCELLS
What are the pro's and con's of each solution ?
Which one would you choose ?
10 minutes
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 14
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 14
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Call Setup
Only slow MS reselects a MICRO
MICROMICRO UMBUMB
MICRO 900CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 10 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = infinityPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
UMBRELLACELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(MICRO) = 10 dB
This setting is highly dependent on MICRO cells density : the more MICRO per sq.km, the higher the CRO can be, without any risk of degrading quality. In very dense network, a CRO(Micro) = 40dB can be set.
On the contrary, if there are only few micro cells per sq.km, then a CRO=10dB might be too high ! Reduce it to CRO=6dB.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 15
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 15
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Call Setup [cont.]
DR and FDR are ENABLED
An FDR (cause 20) is triggered when the average level of a neighboring cell is higher than L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n)
UmbrellaEN_DR = ENABLEDEN_FORCED_DR = DISABLEDL_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) = -88 dBmFREElevel_DR(n) = 0
MicroEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLEDEN_DR = ENABLEDEN_FORCED_DR = ENABLEDL_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) = -47 dBmFREElevel_DR(n) = 0
DR & FDRPRIORITY(micro, umb) = 1
DR onlyPRIORITY(umb, umb) = 1
DR onlyPRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0
DRPRIORITY(micro, micro) = 1
The Setting of PRIORITY(0,n) is very important as network behavior will not be driven by Pref_layer which is equal to "none" in this case.But setting L_RXLEV_NCELL_DR(n) to -47 dBm in the micro cells inhibits the incoming FDR to them. Therefore Priority(0,n) can be kept to the same value everywhere.
Priority(umb,micro) is set to 0 for Better Cell purpose (see the next pages).
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 16
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 16
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Microcell Classes
Parameter settings will depend on the microcells position in the lower layer
Microcell “classes” are introduced to deal with typical parameters settings in each of these cases
Indoor Microcell
Border Microcell
Inner Microcell
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 17
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 17
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Inner Microcell Class
Definition
A microcell surrounded by other microcells in a dense environment
Rule The MS is comfortably installed in the microcell area. Calls have to be
handled by a micro layer, which is a “traffic-catcher” Fast capture HO from the umbrella to micro cell If the MS is already on call in the micro-layer, it must stay on it
Favour PBGT handover to neighbour microcells
Inner Microcell
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 18
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 18
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Inner Microcell: Better Condition Handovers
Causes 12 and 14
UmbrellaEN_PBGT_HO = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLEDEN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLEDL_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 6s
Inner MicrocellEN_PBGT_HO = ENABLEDEN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLEDA_PBGT_HO = 6
Cause 14PRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro)= -80 dBm
Cause 12 / 23PRIORITY(umb, umb) = 1HO_MARGIN(umb, umb) = 5 dBDELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dBDELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dB
Cause 12PRIORITY(micro, micro) = 1HO_MARGIN(micro, micro) = ?dB
Only fast mobiles can perform a PBGT HO to an umbrella cell (with low load)HO_MARGIN(micro, umb) = 5dB
A capture towards a microcell is triggered after L_MIN_DWELL_TIME. A low value is chosen, as we consider an inner microcell.
In an umbrella 900 cell, a capture to a micro cell is preferred to a PBGT HO to a neighboring 900 cell using Priority(0,n).
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 19
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 19
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Inner Microcell: Tuning of Cause 12 Parameters
HO_MARGIN(micro,micro) and A_PBGT_HO(micro) tuning
Case 1 : Avoid PBGT HO to a transcient cell (i.e. micro 3) Case 2 : Avoid an EM HO to an umbrella
Reduce A_PBGT_HO & increase HO_MARGINor … Increase A_PBGT_HO & decrease HO_MARGIN
Micro 1Micro 2
Micro 3
HO_MARGIN tuning will be detailed in section 4: case studies.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 20
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 20
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Inner Microcell: Emergency Handovers
Use Level, Quality causes
UmbrellaPref_layer = upper + single
Inner MicrocellEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLEDPref_layer = upper + singleA_QUAL_HO = 4A_LEV_HO = 4L_RXLEV_DL_H = -90 dBm
PRIORITY(umb,micro) = 0
PRIORITY(umb,umb) = 1
PRIORITY(micro,micro) = 1
PRIORITY(micro,umb) = 1
EN_RESCUE_UM is set to ENABLED for an emergency handovers behavior (send MSs towards the upper layer).
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 21
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 21
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Inner Microcell: Candidate Cells Evaluation Process
UmbrellaEN_PRIORITY_ORDERING = ENABLEDEN_PBGT_FILTERING = ENABLED CELL_EV = GRADE
Inner MicrocellEN_PRIORITY_ORDERING = ENABLEDEN_PBGT_FILTERING = ENABLED CELL_EV = GRADEEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLED
HO_MARGIN_LEV(umb,umb)= 2 dBHO_MARGIN_QUAL(umb,umb)= -2 dBHO_MARGIN_DIST(umb,umb)= 2 dB
HO_MARGIN_LEV(micro,umb)= -127 dBHO_MARGIN_QUAL(micro,umb)= -127 dBHO_MARGIN_DIST(micro,umb)= -127 dB
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV(micro,umb)=-100 dBm
HO_MARGIN_LEV(umb,micro)= 2 dBHO_MARGIN_QUAL(umb,micro)= -2 dBHO_MARGIN_DIST(umb,micro)= 2 dB
HO_MARGIN_LEV(micro,micro)= 2 dBHO_MARGIN_QUAL(micro,micro)= -2 dBHO_MARGIN_DIST(micro,micro)= 2 dB
The upper layer is a rescue layer for microcells: thus, all HO_MARGIN_XX(micro,umb) are set to -127 dB.
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV is set to -100 dBm: all umbrella cells with a received level lower than -100 dBm will be filtered out at candidate cell evaluation.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 22
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 22
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Border Microcell Class
Definition A microcell bordering the microcell area Hybrid situation between the inner microcell and the hotspot microcell
Rule Ensure the MS is slow & well covered before a capture in microlayer Ensure a MS will exit this cell safely PBGT HO are of no use here
Border Microcell
The upper layer is a rescue layer for microcells: thus, all HO_MARGIN_XX(micro,umb) are set to -127 dB.
OUTDOOR_UMB_LEV is set to -100 dBm: all umbrella cells with a received level lower than -100 dBm will be filtered out at candidate cell evaluation.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 23
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 23
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Border Microcell: Better Condition Handovers
Causes 12 and 14
UmbrellaEN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLEDL_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 8sH_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 16s
Border Microcell
Cause 14L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro)
= -75 dBm
Cause 12 / 23
Cause 12
Only fast mobiles can perform a PBGT HO to an umbrella cell (with low load)HO_MARGIN(micro, umb) = 5dB
All other parameters not shown here are identical to inner microcells.
A capture towards a microcell is triggered after MIN_DWELL_TIME which will vary from H_MIN_DWELL_TIME down to L_MIN_DWELL_TIME if the umbrella 900 cell is loaded. MIN_DWELL_TIME is increased to prevent tangential MSs from being captured by the border microcell.
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO is increased.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 24
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 24
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Border Microcell: Emergency Handovers
Use Level, Quality causes
UmbrellaPref_layer = upper + single
Border MicrocellEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLEDPref_layer = upper + singleL_RXLEV_DL_H = -82 dBmA_LEV_HO = 6U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -90 dBmA_LEV_MCHO = 4
Emergency HO considered as a "safe exit" HO, based on cause 5.
A high threshold HO is used to trigger HO towards the umbrella cell for the microlayer zone exit.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 25
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 25
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Indoor Microcell Class
Definition An indoor area located within the micro cell area This indoor cell aims at absorbing traffic in a strategic building
Rules Absorb indoor traffic, and only indoor traffic Do not catch outdoor MS (Idle or Dedicated) An MS nearby the building door but still outside should camp on the outdoor
cell Beware of "indoor" exit strategy Beware of jamming at higher floor
Indoor Microcell
Another type of indoor microcell can be defined:
Indoor microcell for coverage, when the indoor cell is a hotspot and the indoor coverage from the macro layer is not good. This chapter does not deal with this case. See the next slides for detailed parameter settings of indoor microcell for coverage.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 26
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 26
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Indoor Microcell: Better Condition Handovers
Causes 12 and 14
UmbrellaEN_PBGT_HO = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLEDEN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLEDL_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 8sH_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 16s
Indoor MicrocellEN_PBGT_HO = ENABLEDEN_SPEED_DISC = DISABLED
Cause 14PRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro)= -75 dBm
Cause 12 / 23
Cause 12
Only fast mobiles can perform a PBGT HO to an umbrella cell (with low load)HO_MARGIN(micro, umb) = 5dB
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO tuning is closely linked to real radio propagation and cell coverage. Values given on this slide are just examples.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 27
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 27
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Indoor Microcell: Emergency Handovers
Use Level, Quality causes
UmbrellaPref_layer = upper + single
PRIORITY(umb,micro) = 0
PRIORITY(umb,umb) = 1
PRIORITY(micro,micro) = 1
PRIORITY(micro,umb) = 1
Indoor MicrocellEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLEDPref_layer = upper + singleL_RXLEV_DL_H = -82 dBmA_LEV_HO = 6U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -90 dBmA_LEV_MCHO = 4
A high threshold HO is used to trigger HO towards the umbrella cell for the microlayer zone exit.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 28
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 28
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer
Indoor Microcell: High Floors Case
In high floors, the level from surrounding umbrella cells is very high More than 6 cells might be measured at -47dBm (maximum measured value) How can we ensure the indoor cell is included in the chosen 6 ?
One solution Dedicate one cell to cover these floors Set a high CRO (8dB … 12dB) : the C2 is not limited Define many incoming adjacencies but just few selected outgoing
adjacencies Use SFH with broad band to avoid interferences
A high threshold HO is used to trigger HO towards the umbrella cell for the microlayer zone exit.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 29
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 29
2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 30
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 30
2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic
Hotspot Microcell Class
Definition A microcell totally isolated from any other microcell
Rules Capture shall occur only if the MS is not moving There are no neighbour from the same layerNo better cell handover can be trigerredAn emergency HO shall be used as an exit strategy
Hotspot Microcell
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 31
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 31
2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic
Hotspot Microcell: Better Condition Handovers
Causes 12 and 14
UmbrellaEN_PBGT_HO = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_NCELL = ENABLEDEN_SPEED_DISC = ENABLEDL_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 10sH_MIN_DWELL_TIME = 16s
Hotspot Microcell
Cause 14PRIORITY(umb, micro) = 0
L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(umb, micro)= -75 dBm
Cause 12 / 23PRIORITY(umb, umb) = 0HO_MARGIN(umb, umb) = 5 dBDELTA_INC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dBDELTA_DEC_HO_MARGIN = 2 dB
No better condition HO from a micro to an umbrella cell (different layers)Fast MS detection is not possible
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 32
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 32
2 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic
Hotspot Microcell: Emergency Handovers
Use Level, Quality causes
UmbrellaPref_layer = upper + single
PRIORITY(umb,micro) = 0
PRIORITY(umb,umb) = 0
PRIORITY(micro,umb) = 0
Hotspot MicrocellEN_RESCUE_UM = ENABLEDEN_MCHO_H_DL = ENABLEDPref_layer = upper + singleL_RXLEV_DL_H = -82 dBmA_LEV_HO = 6U_RXLEV_DL_MCHO = -90 dBmA_LEV_MCHO = 4A_QUAL_HO = 4
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 33
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 33
3 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 34
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 34
3 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network
Indicators Monitoring
QoS indicators in each layer Create a cell zone for each cell type : Umbrella, Mini, Micro, Indoor, Single Perform your QoS Monitoring per cell zone
Goal 1 : Traffic split RTCH_Load_BH (TCTRBHR) in lower layers above 80% RTCH_Load_BH in upper layers below congestion RTCH_duration_avg (TCTRMHT) should be long in lower layers (> 20s) …and might be shorter in umbrellas, because of cause 14 (Min Dwell Time)
Goal 2 : Quality of Service Main KPI's shall be better or identical in lower than in upper TCH Drop Rate, CSSR, SDCCH Congestion rate HO Incoming & Outgoing efficiency rates Handover causes split should reflect your parameter settings
DL Level HO (5) as exit strategy for hotspot/border cells Capture HO (14) shall be the main cause of HO for Umbrellas
RTCH Duration Average is related to the HO/Call indicator. But it gives a better physical sense of possible ping pong handovers.
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 35
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 35
3 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network
Indicators Monitoring [cont.]
Goal 3: Simplicity of parameter settings Apply the same settings within each cell type Find the best "overall" settings in order to obtain the best results (regarding
goal 1, goal 2 or both) Once this is achieved, fine tune problematic cells only
Additional investigation : Forced Directed Retry With good settings, FDR should not occur too much But if it does, ensure it is working correctly
DR_Out_success_rate (DRORSUR) in lower layers DR_Inc_internal_success_rate (DRIBSUR) in upper layers
Specific indicators : Traffic flows HO per couple of cells (PMC type 180) In case of problem, use ODMC type 26 and 27 for detailed incoming and
outgoing HO causes (max. 40 cells)
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 36
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 36
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 · Module 3 · Page 37
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11168AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Layer Network 1 · 3 · 37
End of ModuleCreating a Multi-Layer Network
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 1
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Module 4Creating a Multi-Band Network
3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 2
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 3
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 3
Objectives
Define relevant parameters settings to introduce a new band in an existing network
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 4
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 4
Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 5
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view! Page
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer for Traffic and Coverage Increase 72 Adding Hot Spot Microcell for Traffic 263 Adding Indoor Microcells for Coverage 304 Monitoring QoS in a Multi-Layer Network 32
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 6
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 7
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 7
1 Introduction
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 8
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 8
1 Adding a Microcellular Layer for Traffic and Coverage Increase
Strategies
Several cases should be considered in order to cover all the possibilities What is the current architecture prior to the introduction of the new band ?
1. Monolayer2. Multilayer
What is the planned architecture after the introduction of the new band ?1. Monolayer : the new band is located in the current layer2. Multilayer : the new band is located within an existing layer3. Multilayer : the new band is located within a dedicated layer
In order to save cost, the new cells will be collocated with the existing cells1. Dual-BCCH ? (two different cells)2. Single-BCCH ? (multiband concentric cells)
For each architecture, which settings to choose ?
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 9
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 9
1 Introduction
Examples
The main situations will be studied :
Colocate the new band with :1. Existing single cells (monolayer)2. Existing umbrella cells
Existing micro cells in classical band
3. Existing mini cells Existing umbrella cells in classical band
Implement the new band in a new layer1. New micro layer (for hotspot coverage)
refer to previous chapter "Adding a Microcellular Layer"
2. New mini layer (for continuous coverage) this solution is not practical: macro cells in the new band are always colocated with
existing cells
3. New umbrella layer (for extension of coverage) this solution is not realistic: umbrella cells are always deployed first in a network
In this course, we focus only on realistic solutions which are chosen by all operators : the new band is never deployed in a country without colocation with existing cells.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 10
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 10
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 11
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 11
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Single vs. Umbrella
If the network is monolayer, there is no difference between Singles and Umbrellas.
The only difference will appear if introduction of microcells in the future :1. For Umbrellas, the cause 14 is available to push traffic to microlayer2. For Single, the cause 24 (General Capture Handover) must be enabled
In a case study, we will see the differences between the two solutions.
Futureproof solution: set all your cells as "Umbrella"
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 12
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 12
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells
If the cells are collocated, two solutions… Dual-BCCH or Single BCCH
Single-BCCH Dual-BCCH
Cell B
Cell A
cause ?
cause ?
CRO(B)
CRO(A)
Cell A
inner
outer
cause 13
cause 10/11
CRO(A)
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 13
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 13
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells [cont.]
For single-BCCH cells, refer to algorithms of causes 10, 11 and 13.
Cell A
inner
outer
cause 13
cause 10/11
CRO(A)
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET must be set accordingly to the other cells
CAUSE 13: Entry HO, based on DL and UL RxLevof the outer zone
RXLEV_UL_ZONE & DL_ZONEZONE_HO_HYST_UL & DLMS and BS_TXPWR_MAX_INNERNEIGHBOUR_RXLEV(0,n)EN_BETTER_ZONE_HOEN_LOAD_BALANCEPING_PONG_HCP, T_HCP
CAUSE 10/11: Exit HO, based on DL or UL RxLevof the inner zone
RXLEV_UL_ZONE & DL_ZONE
INTERCELL HO: no changesOFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER
Rule : OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER ≥ Δ Propagation - Δ MS TxPwrRule : OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER ≥ Δ Propagation - Δ MS TxPwr
Δ Propagation : 10dBΔ MS TxPwr : 33 – 30 = 3dB
OFFSET_HO_MARGIN_INNER ≥ 7dB
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 14
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 14
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells [cont.]
For dual-BCCH cells, use "Preferred band HO" (cause 21)
CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(B) > CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET(A)
Cell B
Cell A
cause 21
cause 5
CRO(B)
CRO(A)
CAUSE 21: Entry HO, based on DL RxLev of cell BL_RXLEV_CPT_HO(A,B)MS_TXPWR_MAX(B)MULTIBAND_TRAFFIC_CONDITION(A)HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD(B)EN_PREFERRED_BAND_HO(A)T_INHIBIT_CPT(B)
CAUSE 5: Exit HO, based on DL RxLev of cell BL_RXQUAL_DL_H(B)L_RXLEV_DL_H(B)EN_RXLEV_DL(B)
Avoid ping-pong HOHO_MARGIN(B,A) = +127dB
Rule : L_RXLEV_DL_H(B) ≤ L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(A,B) – 5dBRule : L_RXLEV_DL_H(B) ≤ L_RXLEV_CPT_HO(A,B) – 5dB
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 15
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 15
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells [cont.]
For dual-BCCH cells, beware of neighbour cells
Cell B
Cell A
PBGT HOEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(A) = EnableEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(B) = Enable
With 900 cellsHO_MARGIN(B, 900) = Δ Propag + 5-3 = 12dBHO_MARGIN(A, 900) = 5dB
With "standalone 1800 cells"HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = Δ Propag + 5 = 15dBHO_MARGIN(A, 1800) = 2dBHO_MARGIN(1800, A) = 8dBHO_MARGIN(1800, B) = 5dB
With "collocated 1800 cells"HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = 5dBHO_MARGIN(A, 1800) = -2dB
At network level, such settings are unmanageable !At network level, such settings are unmanageable !
All these computations are based on having a difference of RxLev of 5dB between the "outer" cells.
For example, from cell B to a standalone 1800 cell (called cell C):
- Cell A would perform a PBGT HO if the Δ RxLev(C – A) is above 5dB, therefore the HO_Margin(A,C) is 2dB
- Cell B should perform a PBGT HO to C, only if the cell C is 5dB above cell A (in order to avoid ping pong back to cell A !)
- Because cell B is 10dB less than cell A (diff of propagation), then Cell C should be 15dB above cell B.
It results that after the MS leaves cell B to cell C with a PBGT, then the cell C is more than 5dB above cell B. This tends to avoid ping pong HO.
It is however possible to reduce this HO MARGIN(B,C) down to 10dB, but this increases the risk of ping pong.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 16
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 16
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells [cont.]
For dual-BCCH cells, beware of neighbour cells
Cell B
Cell A
PBGT HOEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(A) = DisableEN_MULTIBAND_PBGT_HO(B) = Disable
With 900 cellsHO_MARGIN(A, 900) = 5dB
With "standalone 1800 cells"HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = Δ Propag + 5 = 15dB
With "collocated 1800 cells"HO_MARGIN(B, 1800) = 5dB
It is easier to manageTypical interband HO are only cause 21 or cause 5
It is easier to manageTypical interband HO are only cause 21 or cause 5
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 17
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 17
2 Collocate the new band in a monolayer network
Collocated cells [cont.]
Regarding Radio Parameters :
Single-BCCH:1. Less parameters2. Much simpler settings, especially adjacency parameters3. PBGT HO towards all neighbours are possible
Dual-BCCH:1. Cause 21 is using load conditions in serving and target cells2. Cause 21 can push a MS from one 900 cell to its collocated cell and to
other 1800 cells as well
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 18
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 18
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 19
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 19
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Single-BCCH strategy
As seen earlier, it is simpler to use single-BCCH In the OMC-R, create your collocated cells as "Concentric"
Choose a handover to push traffic from these cells to the microlayer Cause 24 if collocated cells and micro cells are all "Single" Cause 14 if collocated cells are "Umbrella" and micro cells are "Micro"
The choice has been done previously: The best solution is "cause 14" in order to take into account fast moving
mobiles.
This strategy was fully studied in "Adding a Microcellular Layer""
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 20
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 20
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Dual-BCCH strategy
In case this solution is preferred, some settings to manage Umbrella 1800 / Umbrella 900 were given in the previous chapter.
In this chapter, we introduce a Microcell layer.
(5)(14)
(14)
(5)
(5)(21)
UMBRELLA 900
UMBRELLA 1800
MICRO 900
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 21
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 21
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Call Setup
MICROMICRO
UMBUMB
MICRO 900CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 8 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = infinityPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
UMBRELLA 900CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
UMBUMB
UMBRELLA 1800CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 4 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
CELL_BAR_QUALIFY can be set to 0 by default.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 22
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 22
Umbrella
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Forced Directed Retry & Fast Traffic HO
Rescue capacity with umbrella 900 & 1800
Pref_Layer = none [fixed]
L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -85dBmFree_Level_DR = 0EN_DR = EnableEN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = Disable
EN_FDR(900) = DisableEN_FDR(1800) = Enable
Micro
Pref_Layer = none [fixed]
L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -47dBmFree_Level_DR = 0EN_DR = EnableEN_FDR = EnableEN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = EnableHO_Margin_Lev(μ,umb) = -5dB
If microcell 900
10
1
1
1
: top choice: second choice: third choice: last choice
Directed Retry shall always be enabled : it will act as a standard HO (better cell or emergency, depending on the trigger cause). Refer to previous slides (EM HO and BC HO). The possible DR are not represented by arrows on this slide, because it can work from any cell towards any cell.
Fast Traffic HO shall be enabled in microcells : an upper layer might not be available to each user, so the FDR might not work (esp. in case of indoor situation). In order to have a higher probability of F.T.H, it is necessary to lower the HO MARGIN LEV(micro, umbrella).
The more this value is reduced, the higher the efficiency of F.T.H.
Priority(1800, colocated 900) is one more time very useful here. Since the colocated 900 is fully overlapping the 1800, there is absolutely no degradation of quality whether the call is on the umbrella 900 or umbrella 1800.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 23
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 23
Umbrella
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Emergency HO
Favour umbrella 900 + Preventive exit from Micro
Pref_Layer = single + upper [fixed]
By default, same band as serving is preferred
T_HCP = 60s
Micro
EN_Rescue_Um = Enable Pref_Layer = upper
EN_Mcho_H_DL = DisableL_RxLev_DL_H ≤ -86dBmOutdoor_Umb_Lev(mini,umb) = -100dBm
If microcell 900
10
1
1
1
11
1
1
1
: top choice: second choice: third choice: last choice
Priority(0,n) is used to favour emergency HO from 1800 umbrella towards its colocated 900 umbrella. This is useful also for Forced Directed Retry.
It migh be complex to define priority(1800, colocated 900) = 1 and priority(1800, other 900) = 0. However, by using NPO, it is possible to customize adjacency types to take into account this specificity. Then, by using a NPO Tuning Session, the tuning is very straight forward.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 24
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 24
Umbrella
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Better Conditions HO
Traffic routed to Micro
12
12
12 21
21
14
14
12
12
L_Rxlev_Cpt_Ho(900,μ)= -80dBm
L_Rxlev_Cpt_Ho(900,μ) = -80dBm
L_Rxlev_Cpt_Ho(1800,μ) = -80dBm
Ho_Margin(900,900)=5dB
Ho_Margin(1800,1800)=5dB
Ho_Margin(μ,μ)=0…10dB
EN_Pbgt_Ho = EnableEN_Multiband_Pbgt_Ho = DisableEN_Preferred_Band_Ho = EnableEN_Mcho_Ncell = EnableL_RxLev_Cpt_Ho(0,n) = -80dBm
Multi_Band_Traffic_Condition=Any_LoadEN_Speed_Disc = EnableH_Load_Obj = 70% / L_Load_Obj = 30% L_Min_Dwell_Time = 8sH_Min_Dwell_Time = 20s
Micro
EN_Pbgt_Ho = EnableEN_Preferred_Band_Ho = Disable
EN_Speed_Disc = EnableHigh_Traffic_Load = 80% : Fast MS only
Priority(0,n) is useless here : HO cause priority : 21 > 14 > 12
21 is likely to be triggered before 14 anyway (A PBGT HO vs. MIN DWELL TIME), so using priority to favour the cause 14 will not work.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 25
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 25
Umbrella
3 Colocate the new cells in upper layer of a multilayer network
Candidate Cell Evaluation
Easy exit from micro
En_Priority_Ordering = EnableEn_Pbgt_Filtering = EnableCell_Ev = GRADE
Ho_Margin_Lev(0,n) = 2dBHo_Margin_Qual(900,coloc1800) = -12dBHo_Margin_Qual(0,n) = -2dB Ho_Margin_Dist(0,n) = 2dB
Micro
En_Priority_Ordering = EnableEn_Pbgt_Filtering = EnableCell_Ev = GRADE
Ho_Margin_Lev(μ,umb) = -5dBHo_Margin_Qual(μ,umb) = -127dBHo_Margin_Dist(μ,umb) = -127dB
Ho_Margin_Lev(μ, μ) = 2dBHo_Margin_Qual(μ, μ) = -2dBHo_Margin_Dist(μ, μ) = 2dB
If microcell 900
: special settings: default settings
Umbrella :
HO MARGIN LEV and HO MARGIN DIST shall be set above 0dB, in order to avoid emergency HO ping pong (which might be rare in a city anyway). Def value = 2dB.
HO MARGIN QUAL is different. If there is a quality issue in the 900 (since the 900 frequency band is more interfered, this situation is probable), the colocated 1800 must be a possible candidate. But don't forget that the colocated 1800 is 10dB lower than the 900 : the HO MARGIN QUAL should not filter out this cell.
So a HO MARGIN QUAL = -12dB is chosen.
HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 900, coloc 1800) = -12dB
HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 900, other 1800) = -2dB
HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 900, umb 900) = -2dB
HO MARGIN QUAL(umb 1800, umb *) = -2dB
HO MARGIN QUAL(umb *, μ)= -2dB
Micro :
The Umbrellas 900 & 1800 are a rescue for a micro. If there is a quality/interference problem in a micro, the RxLev(Micro) may be very high. Therefore we need to put a very low HO MARGIN QUAL, in order to accept a target cell with a lower RxLev than the micro.
The HO MARGIN LEV is set to -5dB, in order to give Fast Traffic HO a higher chance of happening (refer to previous slide)
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 26
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 26
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 27
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 27
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Single-BCCH vs. Dual-BCCH
Assumptions: New cells are colocated with classical Mini cells Umbrella cells are in the classical band
The easiest solution is to create Concentric Multiband Mini cells Refer to "Create a multilayer network" The new band is "transparent", it does not impact algorithms other than
intra-zone handovers (causes 10, 11, 13)
In this chapter, the dual-BCCH solution is studied
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 28
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 28
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Call Setup
MINIMINI
UMBUMB
MINI 900CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 4 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
UMBRELLA 900CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 0 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
MINIMINI
MINI 1800CELL_RESELECT_OFFSET = 8 dBTEMPORARY_OFFSET = 0 dBPENALTY_TIME = 0 (20 s)
The Mini coverage is assumed to be continuous and can be used to capture Fast MS immediately.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 29
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 29
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Forced Directed Retry and Fast Traffic HO
Umbrella
Mini
Rescue capacity in Umbrella
Pref_Layer = none [fixed]
EN_DR = EnableEN_FDR = DisableEN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = Disable
L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -85dBmFree_Level_DR = 0
Pref_Layer = none [fixed]
EN_DR = EnableEN_FDR = EnableEN_Fast_Traffic_Ho = Enable
L_RxLev_Ncell_DR = -47dBmFree_Level_DR = 0HO_Margin_Lev(mini,umb) = -5dB
: top choice: second choice: last choice
() In order to activate FDR towards MINI 900, if Umbrella are full and Mini 1800 are still congested, it is simple :
Gradually decrease the value of L_RxLev_Ncell_DR(Mini 900) from -60dBm to -80dBm, until a significant decrease of the congestion in MINI1800 occur.
HO MARGIN LEV(mini, umb)=-5dB : in order to increase the probability to perform a fast traffic HO. To increase the probability, decrease to -10dB, and so on.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 30
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 30
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Better Conditions HO
Umbrella
Mini
EN_Pbgt_Ho = EnableEN_Multiband_Pbgt_Ho = DisableEN_Preferred_Band_Ho = DisableEN_Mcho_Ncell = Enable
EN_Speed_Disc = DisableL_Min_Dwell_Time = 6s
L_Rx_Lev_Cpt_Ho(0,n) = -80dBm
EN_Pbgt_Ho = EnableEN_Preferred_Band_Ho = EnableL_Rx_Lev_Cpt_Ho(0,n) = -80dBmEN_Speed_Disc = DisableHigh_Traffic_Load = 80%
21
14
14
21
12
12
12
1212
12
Traffic routed to Mini 1800
: Fast MS only
Umbrella will unload with cause 14, with a dwell time of 6 seconds.
We need to favour direct HO from umbrella to mini 1800, rather than doing Umbrella Mini 900 Mini 1800.
The Mini 900 is received 10 dB greater than the Mini 1800. So by default, with" cause 14" candidate cell evaluation, the Mini 900 will have a better ORDER than the Mini 1800 (the PBGT(900) is 7dB greater than PBGT(1800))
To reverse this situation, we need to favour the Mini 1800, either with :
1) priority(umb, mini 1800) = 0 or
2) with link_factor(umb, 1800) = +12dB (so ORDER(1800) are 5dB greater than ORDER(900))
We will study these possibilities later.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 31
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 31
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Emergency HO (1/2)
Umbrella
Mini
Umbrella is the rescue cell
Pref_Layer = single + upper [fixed]
By default, same band as serving is preferred
T_HCP = 60s
EN_Rescue_Um = Enable Pref_Layer = upper
L_RxLev_DL_H ≤ -86dBmOutdoor_Umb_Lev(mini,umb) = -100dBm
: top choice: second choice: last choice
There is a risk that the umbrella will collect too much taffic in this situation !
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 32
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 32
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Emergency HO (2/2)
Umbrella
Mini
Rescue cells are from the same layer
Pref_Layer = single + upper [fixed]
By default, same band as serving is preferred
T_HCP = 60s
EN_Rescue_Um = Disable Pref_Layer = lower + indoor
L_RxLev_DL_H ≤ -86dBmOutdoor_Umb_Lev(mini,umb) = -100dBm
: top choice: second choice: last choice
This solution is closer to what we want : the mini cells offer a good coverage. If no mini cells are available, it is not a problem : the umbrella can still be a valid target cell.
Special attention must be paid to PBGT Filtering : Mini cells can be filtered out, but Umbrellas should stay in the list.
Remark : Priority(0,n) = 1, for all adjacencies.
Regarding the possibility to use priority(umb, mini1800) = 0 (cf. "Better conditions HO" in this chapter) : it will impact the EM HO from umbrella. The end result will be :
EM HO from umbrella other umbrella > mini 1800 > mini 900.
The link factor is therefore a better choice, so far.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 33
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 33
4 Colocate the new cells in lower layer of a multilayer network
Candidate Cell Evaluation
Umbrella
Mini
Use 1800 band for quality HO : special settings: default settings
En_Priority_Ordering = EnableEn_Pbgt_Filtering = EnableCell_Ev = GRADE
Ho_Margin_Lev(umb,n) = 2dBHo_Margin_Qual(umb,n) = -2dB Ho_Margin_Dist(umb,n) = 2dB
Ho_Margin_Qual(umb, mini 1800) = -12dBLink_Factor(umb, mini1800) = +12dB
En_Priority_Ordering = EnableEn_Pbgt_Filtering = EnableCell_Ev = GRADEHo_Margin_Dist(mini, n) = 2dB
Ho_Margin_Lev(mini,umb) = -5dBHo_Margin_Qual(mini,umb) = -127dBHo_Margin_Lev(mini, mini) = 2dBHo_Margin_Qual(mini, mini) = -2dBHo_Margin_Qual(mini, coloc1800) = -12dB
Quality HO in an umbrella : As the mini 1800 is seen 10dB lower than the mini 900, there is a risk the mini 1800 will be filtered out during PBGT filtering.
Quality HO in a mini 900 : If no other Mini 900 is around with less than -2dB difference, then the next choice will be a mini 1800. In order to keep the mini 1800 colocated in the list, it is necessary to reduce the HO MARGIN QUAL(mini900, coloc1800) below -10dB.
Ho_Margin_Lev(mini,umb) = -5dB For Fast Traffic HO
Link_Factor(umb, mini1800) = +12dB For better condition HO : cause 14 towards Mini 1800 rather than towards Mini 900.
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 34
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 34
5 QoS Monitoring
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 35
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 35
5 QoS Monitoring
Indicators Monitoring
QoS indicators in each layer
Create a cell zone for each cell type & band Umbrella 900 Mini 900 Micro 900 Indoor 900
Perform your QoS Monitoring per cell zone Goal 1: Intelligent traffic split Goal 2: Balanced QoS between different layers and bands Goal 3: Globalized settings
Umbrella 1800 Mini 1800 Micro 1800 Indoor 1800
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 36
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 36
5 QoS Monitoring
Investigation
Special attention to: HO/Call and RTCH Duration Avg in intermediate layer
Too many incoming HO from top layer (probably due to capture) Too many outgoing HO CPT (towards bottom layer) Action 1: L_RxLev_Cpt_Ho(top, intermediate) = -80dBm -70dBm Action 2: Cell_Reselect_Offset(bottom) = 8dB 12dB
capture
capture
TOP
INTERMEDIATE
BOTTOM
capture
Intermediate layer :
1. Umbrella 1800 in case of Umbrella 900 / Umbrella 1800 / Micro
2. Mini 900 in case of Umbrella 900 / Mini 900 / Mini 1800
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 37
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 37
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 · Module 4 · Page 38
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11169AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Creating a Multi-Band Network 1 · 4 · 38
End of ModuleCreating a Multi-Band Network
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 1
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Module 5Case Studies
3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 2
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 3
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 3
Objectives
Define relevant parameter settings for the following field cases
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 4
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 4
Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 5
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view! Page
1 Radar Cell 72 Symmetric Microcells at a Street Corner 93 Asymmetric Microcells at a Street Corner 114 Indoor Microcell within a Monolayer Network 135 Trilayer Network: Indoor Cell within a Multi-Layer Network 156 Indoor Cell Congestion 177 Transforming a Microcell into an Indoor Cell 198 Picocells in Skyscrapers 21
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 6
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 7
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 7
1 Radar Cell
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 8
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 8
1 Radar Cell
Exercise
A radar cell is covering an industrial zone Find relevant parameter settings to favor IZ cells in idle and connected
mode Propose 2 architectures
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 9
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 9
2 Symmetric Microcells at a Street Corner
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 10
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 10
2 Symmetric Micorcells at a Street Corner
Exercise
An indoor microcell is introduced within a monolayer network, for a new coverage Define relevant parameter settings to obtain good QoS in the microcell layer
for symmetric microcells at a street corner
Cell B
Cell Ad
d
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 11
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 11
3 Asymmetric Microcells at a Street Corner
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 12
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 12
3 Aymmetric Micorcells at a Street Corner
Exercise
Define relevant parameter settings to obtain good QoS in the microcell layer for Asymmetric microcells at a street corner
1 < x < 2.5
Cell B
Cell Ax.d
d
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 13
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 13
4 Indoor Microcell within a Monolayer Network
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 14
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 14
4 Indoor Microcell withing a MonolayerNetwork
Exercise
An indoor microcell is introduced within a monolayer network, for a new coverage Define parameter settings for both idle and connected mode
Indoor Microcell
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 15
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 15
5 Trilayer Network: Indoor Cell within a Multi-Layer Network
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 16
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 16
5 Trilayer Network: Indoor Microcell withing a Multi-Layer Network
Exercise
An indoor microcell is introduced within a multi-layer network (macro + micro cells), for capacity & coverage increase So called « trilayer » network Define parameter settings for both idle and connected mode
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 17
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 17
6 Indoor Cell Congestion
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 18
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 18
6 Indoor Cell Congestion
Exercise
An indoor microcell has been introduced within a multi-layer network (macro + micro), based on the previous exercise recommendations
When an indoor microcell is congested, the FDR may not be working as some MSs can be covered only by this cell Define parameter settings to find a good solution in case of indoor cell
congestion
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 19
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 19
7 Transforming a Microcell into an Indoor Cell
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 20
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 20
7 Transforming a Microcell into an Indoor Cell
Exercise
Within a multi-layer network, a microcell has been designed in the micro-layer, with parameters of the microcell class
One may want to configure this cell in the « indoor » layer Propose parameter settings
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 21
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 21
8 Picocells in Skyscrapers
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 22
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 22
8 Picocells in Skyscrapers
Exercise
Skyscrapers may need several picocells to achieve a sufficient coverage while avoiding interference (sufficient received level from the serving cell Define parameters settings to deal with this configuration
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 23
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 23
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 · Module 5 · Page 24
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11170AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Case Studies 1 · 5 · 24
End of ModuleCase Studies
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 1
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Do not delete this graphic elements in here:
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007GSM · BSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Module 6Appendix
3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
Section 1Multiband-Multilayer Optimization
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 2
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 2
Blank Page
This page is left blank intentionally
First editionLast name, first nameYYYY-MM-DD01
RemarksAuthorDateEdition
Document History
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 3
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 3
Objectives
Define relevant parameter settings for the following field cases
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 4
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 4
Objectives [cont.]
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 5
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 5
Table of Contents
Switch to notes view! Page
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation 72 Extended Cell Overview 19
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 6
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 6
Table of Contents [cont.]
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 7
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 7
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 8
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 8
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Cell TCH Radio Resource Evaluation Usage
Power budget HandoverTraffic Handover
Multiband capture HandoverGeneral capture Handover
N_TRAFFIC_LOAD x A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIODlong term
Speed discrimination for hierarchical networkFull Rate / Half Rate channel allocation
LOAD_EV_PERIOD x TCH_INFO_PERIODmedium term
FREEfactorsLOADfactors
TCH_INFO_PERIODshort term
UsagePeriodLoad
evaluation
BackCause 12
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 9
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 9
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Short Term Evaluation
LOADfactors and FREEfactors are determined from Nb free TCH samples every TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds (short term evaluation)
LOADlevels are boundaries of load intervals associating a LOADfactor(db) to a Nb free TCH sample
FREElevels are boundaries of Nb free TCH intervals associating a FREEfactor (db) to a Nb free TCH sample
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 10
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 10
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Short Term Evaluation [cont.]
FREEfactor determination:
FREElevel in absolute number of TCHs FREEfactor in dB
FREEfactor_5FREELevel_4< t
FREEfactor_4FREELevel_3< t <= FREElevel_4
FREEfactor_3FREELevel_2< t <= FREElevel_3
FREEfactor_2FREELevel_1< t <= FREElevel_2
FREEfactor_1t <= FREElevel_1
Nb free TCHNb free TCH
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 11
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 11
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Short Term Evaluation [cont.]
LOADfactor determination:
LOADlevel in % LOADfactor in dB
LOADfactor_5LOADLevel_4< t
LOADfactor_4LOADLevel_3< t <= LOADlevel_4
LOADfactor_3LOADLevel_2< t <= LOADlevel_3
LOADfactor_2LOADLevel_1< t <= LOADlevel_2
LOADfactor_1t <= LOADlevel_1
LOADfactort = (1 - Nb free TCH/Total Nb TCH) x 100
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 12
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 12
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Short Term Evaluation [cont.]
Example: cells with 4 TRXs (28 TCHs)
Nb free TCH = 4Load = 85,7%
Cell 0FREEfactor(0) = -8 dBmLOADfactor(0) = -15 dBm
Nb free TCH = 20Load = 28,6%
Cell n
FREEfactor(n) = +7 dBmLOADfactor(n) = 0 dBm
• in ORDER(n): + FREEfactor(n) - FREEfactor(0) = +7 - (-8) = +15 dB
• in GRADE(n): + LOADfactor(n) = +0 = 0 dB
in evaluation of cell n for outgoing HO from cell 0 :
HO?
-15 dB80% < t
-10 dB50% < t <= 80%
0 dB25% < t <= 50%
+5 dB10% < t <= 25%
+10 dBt <= 10%
LOADfactorLoad = (1-Nb free TCH/Total TCH)x 100
+10 dB21 < t
+7 dB15 < t <= 21
0 dB8 < t <= 15
- 8 dB3 < t <= 8
- 16 dBt <= 3
FREEfactorNb free TCH
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 13
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 13
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Medium Term Evaluation
Medium term measurement of the load of a cell corresponds to function AV_LOAD(cell) a new sample of the “Nb free TCHs” in the cell is available every
TCH_INFO_PERIOD seconds AV_LOAD() is a non-sliding window load average from Nb free TCH samples
updated every LOAD_EV_PERIOD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD s
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 14
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 14
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Medium Term Evaluation [cont.]
AV_LOAD(cell n) calculated from N Nb free TCH samples available during LOAD_EV_PERIOD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD s
100*)(n) TCHTot Nb
(n) TCH free Nb1(
Nsamples
1 = AV_LOAD(n)
Nsamples
1 = i
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 15
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 15
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Long Term Evaluation
Long term measurement of the load of a cell corresponds to function Traffic_load(cell) Traffic_load() value is determined from a number N_TRAFFIC_LOAD of
consecutive non-sliding window load averages AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD calculated from Nb free TCH samples updated every A_TRAFFIC_LOAD x TCH_INFO_PERIOD s
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 16
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 16
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Long Term Evaluation [cont.]
3 possible values for Traffic_load(): high, low, indefinite initialization: Traffic_load() = indefinite Traffic_load() becomes : corresponds to function Traffic_load(cell) high if the last N_TRAFFIC_LOAD consecutive AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load
averages are all greater than the HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD threshold low if the last N_TRAFFIC_LOAD consecutive AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load
averages are all lower than the LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD threshold
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 17
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 17
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Long Term Evaluation [cont.]
Traffic_load() becomes indefinite if: Traffic_load() was high and the last AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load average is lower
than LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD (or IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD if not 0%) Traffic_load() was low and the last AV_TRAFFIC_LOAD load average is
greater than HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD (or IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD if not 0%) Traffic_load(n) is always equal to indefinite if cell n is external to the
BSC HIGH_TRAFFIC_LOAD IND_TRAFFIC_LOAD LOW_TRAFFIC_LOAD
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 18
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 18
1 Load and Traffic Evaluation
Long Term Evaluation [cont.]
Example with N_TRAFFIC_LOAD = 3
BackCause 12
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 19
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 19
2 Extended Cell Overview
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 20
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 20
2 Extended Cell Overview
Presentation -General
One BTS (G3 or G4): 2 cells INNER cell: range from 0 to 35 km OUTER cell: range from 33 to 70 km
The extended cell has up to 4 TRX in the inner cell and up to 4 TRX in the outer cell.
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 21
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 21
2 Extended Cell Overview
Presentation - Synchronization
Freq BCCH OUTER <> Freq BCCH INNER MS reports measurements on both
cells for the handover algorithms BSICINNER = BSICOUTER
INNER cell can decode the RACH received on OUTER BCCH frequency
INNER cell always BARRED MS always camps on OUTER cell OUTER cellINNER cell
At the border of the two cells, an overlapping area allows to provide a continuous coverage. When the MS moves from one cell to the other, a handover is triggered in the overlap zone. Two BCCH channels are needed (one for the inner cell, one for the outer cell), so that the MS reports measurements on both cells for the handover algorithms.
The TRXs of the inner cell and of the outer cell are synchronised, but the reception of the outer cell is delayed by 60bits period to account for the propagation delay.
In the inner cell, the MS can receive the BCCH inner frequency as wells as the outer BCCH frequency. To avoid to manage RACH reception on two different frequencies in the inner cell, the MS is forced to access the inner cell on the outer BCCH frequency. For this purpose, the RACH reception (BCCH TRX) of the inner cell is tuned to the outer BCCH frequency, and the inner cell is barred1. So on time slot 0 of the inner cell, transmission is done on the inner cell BCCH frequency, and reception is done on outer BCCH frequency.
The chosen implementation allows to make use of all timeslots2 of the TDMA frame and to use the combined configuration for the CCCH channel.
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 22
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 22
2 Extended Cell Overview
Presentation - RF Interference
UL interference on TS0 of the INNER cell if Access burst received in the INNER cell (on frequency BCCH OUTER)AND Call on TS7 of the OUTER cell
Then, TS7 of the OUTER cell is always set to IDLE (never used)
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 23
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 23
2 Extended Cell Overview
Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Outer Cell Area
The inner cell is always barred, so the MS cannot camp on the inner cell, even if located in the inner cell range. In the whole extended cell coverage, the MS has a good reception of the outer cell BCCH, so the MS will always be camping in the outer cell, whether in the inner cell or outer cell range.
For this reason, a special radio and link establishment procedure is used to cope with this behaviour .
It consists of receiving the CHANNEL REQUEST messages on outer BCCH frequency, and allocating the SDCCH channel according to the MS estimated position. The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND for an SDCCH is sent on the outer cell BCCH frequencies, but the SDCCH may be allocated in either inner or outer cell, depending on the MS position.
(1) The MS camping on the outer cell sends an access burst on the RACH on outer cell BCCH frequency. These bursts will be received successfully in the inner cell by the BCCH TRE. In the outer cell, the access burst arrives too early and cannot be decoded.
(2) The inner cell BCCH TRE sends a CHANNEL REQUIRED message to the BSC containing the random reference sent by the mobile, the TDMA frame number when the message was sent over the air and the measured TOA.
(3) The TCU controlling this TRE allocates an SDCCH subchannel to the transaction in the inner cell and asks the BTS to activate this subchannel.
(4) The BTS activates the requested channel and sends back and acknowledgement, once this is done.
(5) The TCU sends the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND (which provides the description of the allocated SDCCH) to the BCCH TRE of the inner cell.
The TCU controlling the inner cell BCCH sends a copy of the message to the TCU handling the BCCH of the outer cell. This is done if and only if the timing advance IE included in the CHANNEL REQUIRED is smaller than 60, thus indicating that the MS is strictly in the inner cell (in order to avoid that the MS receives two Immediate Assignment messages when located in the overlap zone).
The TCU controlling the outer cell BCCH forwards the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to the outer cell BCCH TRE.
(6) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message is sent over the air to the MS on the AGCH of the outer cell.
(6') The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message sent by the inner cell is lost, because the MS listens to the outer cell frequency.
(7) The mobile switches its transceiver to the SDCCH allocated in the inner cell and sends repeatedly an SABM frame to establish the layer 2 connection with the BTS.
(8) The BTS acknowledges the establishment of the LapDm link to the MS with a UA frame sent on the SDCCH allocated to the MS.
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 24
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 24
2 Extended Cell Overview
Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Inner Cell Area
The TCU sends the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND (which provides the description of the allocated SDCCH ) to the BCCH TRE of the inner cell.
The TCU controlling the inner cell BCCH sends a copy of the message to the TCU handling the BCCH of the outer cell. This is done if and only if the timing advance IE included in the CHANNEL REQUIRED is smaller than 60, thus indicating that the MS is strictly in the inner cell (in order to avoid that the MS receives two Immediate Assignment messages when located in the overlap zone).
The TCU controlling the outer cell BCCH forwards the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to the outer cell BCCH TRE.
(1) The MS in the outer cell sends an access burst on the RACH of the outer cell. This burst is successfully received by the outer cell BCCH TRE. In the inner cell, the access burst arrives too late to be successfully decoded.
(2) The outer cell BCCH TRE sends a CHANNEL REQUIRED message to the BSC containing the random reference sent by the mobile, the TDMA frame number when the message was sent over the air and the measured TOA.
(3) The TCU controlling this TRE allocates an SDCCH subchannel in the outer cell to the transaction and asks the BTS to activate this subchannel.
(4) The BTS activates the requested channel and sends back an acknowledgement, once this is done.
(5) The TCU then sends the description of the channel in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND to the outer cell BCCH TRE.
(6) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message is sent over the air to the MS on the AGCH of the outer cell.
(7) The mobile switches its transceiver to the required channel and sends repeatedly an SABM frame to establish the layer 2 connection with the BTS.
(8) The BTS acknowledges the establishment of the LAPDm link to the MS with a UA frame sent on the SDCCH allocated to the MS.
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 25
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 25
2 Extended Cell Overview
Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Overlap Zone
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 26
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 26
2 Extended Cell Overview
Radio Link Establishment - MS Located in the Overlap Zone [cont.]
(1a&b) The MS camping on the outer cell sends an access burst on the RACH. This burst is correctly received by the inner cell BCCH TRE and outer cell BCCH TRE.
(2a&b) The inner cell and outer cell BCCH TRE send a CHANNEL REQUIRED message to the BSC containing the random reference sent by the mobile, the TDMA frame number when the message was sent over the air and the measured TOA.
(3a&b) Both TCUs controlling the TREs having BCCH allocate an SDCCH subchannel to the transaction and ask the BTS to activate this subchannel.
(4a&b) The BTS activates the requested channels and sends back an acknowledgement for each, once this is done.
(5b) The TCU controlling the outer cell, sends the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND with SDCCH description in the outer cell to the outer cell BCCH TRE.
(5a&c)The TCU controlling the inner cell sends in the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT COMMAND with SDCCH description in the inner cell. Two cases are possible:
Access Delay IE > 59 the inner cell TCU will not send a copy of the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT command to the outer cell TCU. This is the desired behaviour.
Access Delay in [58,59] range, the inner cell TCU sends a copy of the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT command to the outer cell TCU. This is not the desired behaviour (corresponds to inner cell scenario). This is due to the fact that the BSC definition of the overlap zone does not match the exact BTS overlap area (negative values of TOA in the outer cell up to –2, are clipped to 0).
(6b) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message describing the SDCCH allocation in outer cell, is sent to the MS on the outer cell BCCH frequency. In most cases this message should be received by the MS (except if 6c is received first)
(6a) The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message describing the SDCCH allocation in inner cell is lost on the inner cell air interface, because the MS does not listen to that frequency. The unused SDCCH will be released by the BSC when the supervising timer expires6.
(6c) Access Delay in [58,59] range: The IMMEDIATE ASSIGNMENT message describing the SDCCH allocation in inner cell is sent on the BCCH frequency of the outer cell. In most cases, the MS should have received message (6b) before and has already switched to the SDCCH in the outer cell, and so this message is lost. It is however possible, in case the message (6b) is delayed in the inner cell, that the message (6c) is received earlier by the MS. In this case establishment will occur on the SDCCH allocated in the inner cell (not drawn).
(7b) The mobile receives the IMMEDIATE ASSIGNEMENT describing the SDCCH allocation in outer cell on the BCCH outer cell frequency. It then switches to the designated channel and sends repeatedly an SABM frame to establish the layer 2 connection with the BTS in the outer cell. If the message (6c) is received before (6b), then the establishment will occur in the inner cell.
(8b) The BTS acknowledges the establishment of the LapDm link to the MS with a UA frame sent on the SDCCH allocated to the MS.
(9) The unused SDCCH is released in the inner cell (double SDCCH allocation). If message 6c arrives first, then the unused SDCCH release will occur in the outer cell.
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 27
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 27
2 Extended Cell Overview
Handover - From the INNER Cell to the OUTER Cell
CAUSE 6 : Too long distance
AV_RANGE_HO > U_TIME_ADVANCEand EN_DIST_HO = ENABLE
U_TIME_ADVANCE = 62 EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Disable
In the extended cell , the handover procedure is purely controlled by settings of the handover detection parameters. Two special causes allow handover from the inner cell to the outer cell and handover from the outer cell to the inner cell. There is no change in the BSC handover algorithm either for handover preparation or execution.
From the inner cell to the outer cell , the handover alarm is only triggered by the handover cause “too long MS-BS distance”. When this cause is triggered the extended outer cell is always a candidate cell.
However the operator setting of the handover parameters must insure that this cause is only triggered when the distance from the serving inner cell BTS is greater than the limit of the overlap zone (TA > 62) by setting U_TIME_ADVANCE to 62.
In order to avoid the extended outer cell to be filtered by the filtering process the flag EN_PBGT_FILTERINGmust be set to DISABLE.
The candidate cell evaluation process is recommended to be the GRADE mode.
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 28
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 28
2 Extended Cell Overview
Handover - From the OUTER Cell to the INNER Cell
CAUSE 22 : Too short distance
AV_RANGE_HO < L_TIME_ADVANCE
L_TIME_ADVANCE = 0 EN_PBGT_FILTERING = Disable
Cause 22 is only checked if Cell_range(serving) = extended_outer
In the same way, from the outer cell to the inner cell , the handover alarm is only triggered by the handover cause “too short MS-BS distance”. When this cause is triggered the extended inner cell is always a candidate cell.
However the operator setting of the handover parameters must insure that this cause is only triggered when the timing advance applied by the mobile reaches 0, this is achieved by setting L_TIME_ADVANCE to 0.
In order to avoid the extended inner cell to be filtered by the filtering process the flag EN_PBGT_FILTERINGmust be set to DISABLE.
The candidate cell evaluation process is recommended to be the GRADE mode.
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 29
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 29
2 Extended Cell Overview
Handover - From the INNER Cell to the OUTER Cell toward Another Cell
All the standard HO causes can be used Emergency HO causes 2, 3, 4, 5 Better condition HO causes 12, 23, 24
The OUTER or INNER cell is always present in the Candidate CellEvaluation
The setting of the handover parameter does not prevent any handover cause to trigger an alarm for a handover towards a third cell.
It is possible to use exactly the same rules and parameters for handover towards a third cell as in the macro cellular normal cases.
The synchronous handover does not work between the inner and the outer cell.
In order to avoid call terminations due to directed retry into the inner or outer cell with an incorrect distance range it is recommended to disable the forced directed retry towards the inner and the outer cell. For this purpose, the parameter FREELEVEL_DR(n) is set to the maximum value (255) for the inner and the outer cell.
But the Normal DR can be activated.
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 30
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 30
2 Extended Cell Overview
Packet Service (B9 MR4)
Activation of the PS service in an Extended cell No specific parameter is foreseen Same procedure as the one used for standard cell is applied
TRX_PREF_MARK = 0
If used, PS must be activated in both INNER and OUTER cell
Reselection Because the INNER cell is barred
this cell should must not be declared in the neighbor cells reselection adjacencies NC2 is not allowed NACC and (P)SI STATUS are not allowed The INNER cell and OUTER cell must belong
to the same location area
The Master channel is not allowed in both INNER and OUTER cell
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 31
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 31
2 Extended Cell Overview
Packet Service (B9 MR4) [cont.]
Packet access procedure Same principle as in CS, since it’s performed on CCCH only The MS always performs its access on the RACH of the outer BCCH frequency The BTS provides the BSC with the initial TA Depending on the TA value, the BSC chooses the suitable cell (INNER or
OUTER) In UL, whatever the multislot class of the MS, only one PDCH is allocated
Its right or left TS can not be allocated neither for PS nor for CS (see comment) This TS is considered as a restricted TS by the MSF The same constraint is applied in DL for the TS carrying the PACCH
UL
Restricted
Allocated
Restricted
Allocated
INNEROUTER
When a MS passes from inner/outer cell to outer/inner cell, the TA estimated by the BTS stalls progressively. So the MS is not able to apply the suitable correction of its TA for its uplink transfer (data and/or signaling). This leads progressively to the impossibility for the BTS to decode the uplink radio blocks because they shift out of their allocated RTS.
For a given MS, its uplink radio blocks progressively come out of its allocated RTS and jams the neighbor RTS.
It jams the right RTS when the MS moves from inner to outer cell. This right RTS can also be the RTS0 of the next TDMA frame if the RTS7 is allocated to a TBF.
It jams the left RTS when the MS moves from outer to inner cell. This left RTS can also be the TS7 of the previous TDMA frame if the RTS0 is allocated to a TBF.
If the neighboring RTS is dedicated to other MS for PS or CS call, this jam causes interferences on these RTS and the BTS can not decode the radio blocks of those MS leading to the drop of these calls.
This drawback only occurs for the uplink direction. The downlink direction does not raise any problem.
To overcome this drawback, some radio resource allocation constraints are to be applied:
An UL TBF is only allocated on one RTS.
On BCCH or non BCCH inner TRX,
A RTS is allocable to a UL TBF if its right RTS is allocated for PS traffic to the MFS, and is not used by a UL TBF.
When a RTS is allocated, its right RTS cannot be allocated to PS call.
On BCCH or non BCCH outer TRX,
A RTS is allocable to a UL TBF if its left RTS is allocated for PS traffic to the MFS, and is not used by a UL TBF.
When a RTS is allocated, its left RTS cannot be allocated to PS call.
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 32
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 32
2 Extended Cell Overview
PS Parameters Setting
NETWORK_CONTROL_ORDER = NC0 EN_NACC = Disable EN_PSI_STATUS = Disable NB_TS_MPDCH= Disable MAX_PDCH, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD and MIN_PDCH must be set to
even values (see comments) EN_STREAMING = Disable
As in UL TBF allocation, the MFS uses at least 2 TS (a “restricted” one and the one allocated in UL) the number of PDCH allocable in the extended cells (MAX_PDCH, MIN_PDCH, MAX_PDCH_HIGH_LOAD ) must be even.
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 33
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 33
Self-Assessment on the Objectives
Please be reminded to fill in the formSelf-Assessment on the Objectivesfor this module
The form can be found in the first partof this course documentation
Section 1 · Module 6 · Page 34
All Rights Reserved © 2007, Alcatel-Lucent3JK11171AAAAWBZZA Edition 1
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent 2007
GSMBSS B11 Multilayer and Multiband GSM Network Radio Optimization
Multiband-Multilayer Optimization · Appendix 1 · 6 · 34
End of ModuleAppendix
@@COURSENAME - Page 1All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
@@COURSENAME@@PRODUCT
1
Last But One Page
Switch to notes view!
This page is left blank intentionally
@@COURSENAME - Page 2All Rights Reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEAR
All rights reserved © Alcatel-Lucent @@YEARPassing on and copying of this document, use and communication of its contents
not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel-Lucent